View PSB7115_170973.PDF datasheet online --- IC-ON-LINE

Datasheet File OCR Text:

ICs for Communications
Enhanced ISDN Data Access Controller ISAR 34 PSB 7115 Version 2.1 Firmware Version 1.01
Data Sheet 02.98
DS 2
PSB 7115 Revision History: Previous Version: Page Page (in previous (in current Version) Version) 247/248 126 173 256/257 188-196 126 173
Current Version: 02.98 09.97 Subjects (major changes since last revision)
External Memory Interface timings added General Purpose I/Os added 16 bit data path added TSL=011 mode removed
IOM(R), IOM(R)-1, IOM(R)-2, SICOFI(R), SICOFI(R)-2, SICOFI(R)-4, SICOFI(R)-4C, SLICOFI(R), ARCOFI(R) , ARCOFI(R)-BA, ARCOFI(R)-SP, EPIC(R)-1, EPIC(R)-S, ELIC(R), IPAT(R)-2, ITAC(R), ISAC(R)-S, ISAC(R)-S TE, ISAC(R)-P, ISAC(R)-P TE, IDEC(R), SICAT(R), OCTAT(R)-P, QUAT(R)-S are registered trademarks of Siemens AG. MUSACTM-A, FALCTM54, IWETM, SARETM, UTPTTM, ASMTM, ASPTM are trademarks of Siemens AG.
Edition 02.98 This edition was realized using the software system FrameMaker(R). Published by Siemens AG, HL SP, Balanstrae 73, 81541 Munchen (c) Siemens AG 1998. All Rights Reserved. Attention please! As far as patents or other rights of third parties are concerned, liability is only assumed for components, not for applications, processes and circuits implemented within components or assemblies. The information describes the type of component and shall not be considered as assured characteristics. Terms of delivery and rights to change design reserved. For questions on technology, delivery and prices please contact the Semiconductor Group Offices in Germany or the Siemens Companies and Representatives worldwide (see address list). Due to technical requirements components may contain dangerous substances. For information on the types in question please contact your nearest Siemens Office, Semiconductor Group. Siemens AG is an approved CECC manufacturer. Packing Please use the recycling operators known to you. We can also help you - get in touch with your nearest sales office. By agreement we will take packing material back, if it is sorted. You must bear the costs of transport. For packing material that is returned to us unsorted or which we are not obliged to accept, we shall have to invoice you for any costs incurred. Components used in life-support devices or systems must be expressly authorized for such purpose! Critical components1 of the Semiconductor Group of Siemens AG, may only be used in life-support devices or systems2 with the express written approval of the Semiconductor Group of Siemens AG. 1 A critical component is a component used in a life-support device or system whose failure can reasonably be expected to cause the failure of that life-support device or system, or to affect its safety or effectiveness of that device or system. 2 Life support devices or systems are intended (a) to be implanted in the human body, or (b) to support and/or maintain and sustain human life. If they fail, it is reasonable to assume that the health of the user may be endangered.
PSB 7115
Table of Contents 1 1.1 1.2 1.2.1 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 1.2.5 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.5.1 2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.3.1 2.3.2 2.3.3 2.3.4 2.3.5 2.4 2.5 2.5.1 2.5.2 2.5.2.1 2.5.2.2 2.5.2.3 2.5.3 2.5.3.1 2.5.3.2 2.5.3.3 2.5.3.4 2.5.3.5 2.5.3.6 2.5.4 2.5.5 2.5.6 2.5.7 2.5.8 3
Page
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 System Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 ISDN PC/Workstation Adapter with S-Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 ISDN PC / Workstation Adapter with U-Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 ISDN PC / Workstation Adapter as Intelligent NT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 ISDN Voice/Data Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 Fax/Modem Pool with Primary Rate Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Logic Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Device Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 Pin Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Pin Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Functional Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28 Clock Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Physical Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Host Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 IOM-2 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 SAI Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 External Memory Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 General Purpose I/O Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37 Communications Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Functional Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 Buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 SART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 HDLC Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 ASYNC Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Binary Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Fax Modulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 Datamodem Modulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Halfduplex Modulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 V.110 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 DTMF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53 Bypass Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54 IOM-2 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 D-Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 C/I-Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 TIC-Bus Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 MONITOR Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Operational Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
3 02.98
Semiconductor Group
PSB 7115
Table of Contents 3.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 3.1.4 3.1.5 3.1.6 3.1.7 3.2 3.2.1 3.2.2 3.2.3 3.2.4 3.3 3.3.1 3.3.2 3.3.3 3.3.3.1 3.3.3.2 3.4 3.4.1 3.4.2 3.4.3 3.4.4 3.5 3.5.1 3.5.1.1 3.5.1.2 3.5.1.3 3.5.2 3.5.2.1 3.5.2.2 3.5.2.3 3.6 3.6.1 3.6.1.1 3.6.1.2 3.6.1.3
Page
Host Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60 Message Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 Interrupt Status Byte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Control Registers and Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 Configuration After Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Message Transfer from Host to ISAR 34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Message Transfer from ISAR 34 to Host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Message Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76 Buffer Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79 Buffer Configuration Setup (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79 Buffer Configuration Request (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81 Buffer Configuration Response (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 Buffer Control Command (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84 Buffer Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 Buffer Status Request (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 Buffer Status Response (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87 Buffer Status Event (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 Buffer Specific Status Event (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 Buffer General Status Event (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 SART Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 SART Configuration Setup - HDLC (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 SART Configuration Setup - ASYNC (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94 SART Configuration Setup - Binary (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 SART Configuration Setup - Disable SART (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . .99 SART Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100 SART Status Events with Receive Data (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . .100 SART Status Events with Receive Data - HDLC (ISAR 34 Host) . . . .101 SART Status Events with Receive Data - ASYNC (ISAR 34 Host) . .103 SART Status Events with Receive Data - Binary (ISAR 34 Host) . . . .104 SART Control Commands with Transmit Data (Host ISAR 34) . . . . .105 SART Control Commands with Transmit Data - HDLC (Host ISAR 34) . . 105 SART Control Commands with Transmit Data - ASYNC (Host ISAR 34) . 107 SART Control Commands with Transmit Data - Binary (Host ISAR 34) . . 109 Pump Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Pump Configuration Setup (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Pump Configuration Setup - Fax Modulations (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . .112 Pump Configuration Setup - Datamodem Modulations (Host ISAR 34) . . 114 Pump Configuration Setup - Halfduplex Modulations (Host ISAR 34) 118
4 02.98
Semiconductor Group
PSB 7115
Table of Contents 3.6.1.4 3.6.1.5 3.6.1.6 3.6.2 3.6.2.1 3.6.2.2 3.6.2.3 3.6.2.4 3.6.2.5 3.6.2.6 3.6.2.7 3.7 3.7.1 3.7.2 3.7.2.1 3.7.2.2 3.7.2.3 3.7.2.4 3.7.2.5 3.7.2.6 3.7.2.7 3.7.3 3.7.3.1 3.7.3.2 3.7.3.3 3.7.3.4 3.7.3.5 3.7.3.6 3.7.3.7 3.8 3.8.1 3.8.2 3.8.3 3.8.4 3.8.5 3.8.6 3.8.7 3.8.8 3.8.9 3.9 3.9.1 3.9.2
Page
Pump Configuration Setup - V.110 (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121 Pump Configuration Setup - DTMF (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123 Pump Configuration Setup - Bypass Mode (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . .126 Pump Control Command (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127 Pump Control Command - Fax Modulations (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . .128 Pump Control Command - Datamodem Modulations (Host ISAR 34) 131 Pump Control Command - Halfduplex Modulations (Host ISAR 34) . .131 Pump Control Command - V.110 (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Pump Control Command - DTMF (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135 Pump Control Command - Bypass Mode (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . .136 Pump Control Command - C/I-Channel (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . .137 Pump Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139 Pump Status Request (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139 Pump Status Response (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 Pump Status Response - Fax Modulations (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . .140 Pump Status Response - Datamodem Modulations (ISAR 34 Host) .142 Pump Status Response - Halfduplex Modulations (ISAR 34 Host) . .146 Pump Status Response - V.110 (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148 Pump Status Response - DTMF (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152 Pump Status Response - Bypass Mode (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . .153 Pump Status Response - Pump Disabled (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . .154 Pump Status Events (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155 Pump Status Events - Fax Modulations (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . .155 Pump Status Events - Datamodem Modulations (ISAR 34 Host) . . . .157 Pump Status Events - Halfduplex Modulations (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . .158 Pump Status Events - V.110 (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159 Pump Status Events - DTMF (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163 Pump Status Events - Bypass Mode (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . .164 Pump Status Events - D- and C/I-Channel (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . .165 IOM-2 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166 IOM"-2 Configuration Setup - Path 1 and 2 (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . .166 IOM"-2 Configuration Setup - Path 3 (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . .169 IOM"-2 Configuration Request (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170 IOM"-2 Configuration Response - General Code (ISAR 34 Host) . . .171 IOM"-2 Configuration Response - Path 1 and 2 (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . .172 IOM"-2 Configuration Response - Path 3 (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . .175 IOM"-2 Control Commands - General Code (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . .176 IOM"-2 Control Commands - Path 1 and 2 (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . .178 IOM"-2 Status Events (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180 MONITOR Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181 Buffer Configuration and Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181 MONITOR Channel Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182
5 02.98
Semiconductor Group
PSB 7115
Table of Contents 3.9.2.1 3.9.2.2 3.9.2.3 3.9.3 3.9.3.1 3.9.3.2 3.9.3.3 3.10 3.10.1 3.10.1.1 3.10.1.2 3.10.1.3 3.10.1.4 3.10.1.5 3.10.2 3.10.2.1 3.10.2.2 3.11 3.11.1 3.11.2 3.11.3 3.11.4 3.11.5 3.11.6 3.11.7 3.11.8 3.11.9 3.11.10 3.12 3.12.1 3.12.2 3.12.3 3.12.3.1 3.12.3.2 3.12.3.3 3.12.3.4 3.12.3.5 3.12.3.6 3.12.3.7 3.12.3.8 3.13 3.13.1
Page
MONITOR Channel Configuration Setup (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . .182 MONITOR Channel Configuration Request (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . .184 MONITOR Channel Configuration Response (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . .184 MONITOR Channel Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185 MONITOR Channel Receive Data (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185 MONITOR Channel Transmit Data (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186 MONITOR Channel Status Events (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187 GPIO (General Purpose I/Os) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188 GPIO Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189 GPIO Configuration - Output Register Set/Reset (Host ISAR 34) . . .189 GPIO Configuration - Direction (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191 GPIO Configuration - Open Drain Select (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . .192 GPIO Configuration - Strobed Input (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193 GPIO Configuration - Interrupt Mask (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . .195 GPIO Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197 GPIO Status Request (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197 GPIO Status Event/Response (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198 Test/Diagnostics Path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199 Timer Interrupt On/Off(Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199 Timer Interrupt Event (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200 Chip Version Request (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201 Chip Version Response (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201 Software Version Request (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202 Software Version Response (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202 Request Selftest Result (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203 Selftest Response (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203 Soft Reset (Host ISAR 34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204 Invalid Message Received (ISAR 34 Host) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205 DSP Program Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206 Structure of File Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208 Structure of Block Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210 Structure of Data Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212 Jump to Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212 Write Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213 Wait for Next Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215 Wait for Specific Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217 Compare Last Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219 Set Coding Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221 Set Status Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222 Write to Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223 Fax Class 1 Implementation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225 Summary of ISAR 34 Fax Control Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226
6 02.98
Semiconductor Group
PSB 7115
Table of Contents 3.13.2 3.13.3 3.13.4 3.13.5 3.13.6 3.13.7 3.13.8 3.13.9 3.13.10 3.14 3.14.1 3.14.2 4 5 6 6.1 6.2 7 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7.6 7.7 7.7.1 7.7.2 7.7.3 7.7.4 8
Page
Summary of ISAR 34 Fax Status Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227 Procedure Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228 Fax Pump Startup Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229 HDLC Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230 Binary Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231 HDLC Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232 Binary Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233 Call Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234 Procedure Terminations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234 Startup Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235 V.8 Negotiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235 Automode Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236 Summary of Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239 Example Configuration Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243 Detailed Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246 Register Address Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246 Register Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246 Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251 Absolute Maximum Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251 Recommended Operating Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251 DC Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252 Capacitances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253 Oscillator Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253 XTAL1,2 Recommended Typical Crystal Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253 AC Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254 Testing Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254 Parallel Host Interface Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254 External Memory Interface Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .258 IOM-2 Interface Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .260 Package Outlines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261
Semiconductor Group
7
02.98
PSB 7115
List of Figures Figure 1: Figure 2: Figure 3: Figure 4: Figure 5: Figure 6: Figure 7: Figure 8: Figure 9: Figure 10: Figure 11: Figure 12: Figure 13: Figure 14: Figure 15: Figure 16: Figure 17: Figure 18: Figure 19: Figure 20: Figure 21: Figure 22: Figure 23: Figure 24: Figure 25: Figure 26: Figure 27: Figure 28: Figure 29: Figure 30: Figure 31: Figure 32: Figure 33: Figure 34: Figure 35: Figure 36: Figure 37: Figure 38: Figure 39: Figure 40: Figure 41: Figure 42:
Page 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 28 29 30 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 57 57 58 59 60 61 67 69 72
ISDN PC/Workstation Adapter with S-Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISDN PC/Workstation Adapter with U-Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISDN PC/Workstation Adapter as Intelligent NT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ISDN Voice/Data Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fax/Modem Pool with Primary Rate Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Logic Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Device Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pinout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functional Block Diagram of the ISDN Data Access Controller . . . . . . . . Clock Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clock Mode Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Register Access in Multiplexed and Non-Multiplexed Mode. . . . . . . . . . . Linecard Mode of the IOM-2 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Terminal mode of the IOM-2 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Memory Configuration - DSP Program Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Purpose I/O Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interrupt Input Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Host Interface Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Structure of Interrupt Status Byte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mailbox Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Communication Buffers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Structure of Datapath Buffers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HDLC Data Formatting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASYNC Data Formatting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Binary Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fax Modulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fax Class 1 Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Datamodem Modulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Halfduplex Modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V.110 Formatting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DTMF Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pump in Bypass Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IOM-2 Configuration Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TIC-Bus Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Structure of Last Octet within CH2 on DU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Structure of Last Octet within CH2 on DD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MONITOR Channel Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Host Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Message Transfer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Control Registers and Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Initialisation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Write Message Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
Semiconductor Group
02.98
PSB 7115
List of Figures Figure 43: Figure 44: Figure 45: Figure 46: Figure 47: Figure 48: Figure 49: Figure 50: Figure 51: Figure 52: Figure 53: Figure 54: Figure 55: Figure 56: Figure 57: Figure 58: Figure 59: Figure 60: Figure 61: Figure 62: Figure 63: Figure 64: Figure 65: Figure 66: Figure 67: Figure 68: Figure 69: Figure 70: Figure 71: Figure 72: Figure 73: Figure 74: Figure 75: Figure 76: Figure 77: Figure 78: Figure 79:
Page
Read Message Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Message Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Binary File Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Pointer on Data Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Download Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Block Header Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Data Block Process - Jump to Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Data Block Process - Write Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Data Block Process - Wait for Next Message. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Data Block Process - Wait for Specific Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Data Block Process - Compare Last Message. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Data Block Process - Set Coding Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Data Block Process - Set Status Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Data Block Process - Write to Memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Fax Class 1 - Startup Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Fax Class 1 - HDLC Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Fax Class 1 - Binary Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Fax Class 1 - HDLC Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Fax Class 1 - Binary Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Fax Class 1 - Call Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Fax Class 1 - Procedure Terminations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 V.8 Answering Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 V.8 Originating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Automode Answerer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Automode Originator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Oscillator Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Testing Input/Output Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Microprocessor Read Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Microprocessor Write Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Multiplexed Address Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Non-Multiplexed Address Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Microprocessor Read Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Microprocessor Write Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Non-Multiplexed Address Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 External Memory Interface - Write Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 External Memory Interface - Read Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 IOM-2 Timing with Double Rate DCL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Semiconductor Group
9
02.98
PSB 7115
List of Tables Table 1: Table 2: Table 3: Table 4: Table 5: Table 6: Table 7: Table 8: Table 9: Table 10: Table 11: Table 12: Table 13: Table 14: Table 15: Table 16: Table 17: Table 18: Table 19: Table 20: Table 21: Table 22: Table 23: Table 24: Table 25:
Page
Clock Mode Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Host Interface Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Bus Operation Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Buffer size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 HIS Structure - Path 1, 2 and 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 HIS Structure - Path 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 IIS Structure - Path 1, 2 and 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 IIS Structure - Path 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Configuration Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Pump Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Pump Modes in Path 1 and 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111 V.110 Remote DTE Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162 Structure of File Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208 Structure of Block Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210 Types of Data Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210 Block Structure - BLOCK_TYPE = 1H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212 Block Structure - BLOCK_TYPE = 2H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213 Block Structure - BLOCK_TYPE = 3H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215 Block Structure - BLOCK_TYPE = 4H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217 Block Structure - BLOCK_TYPE = 5H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219 Block Structure - BLOCK_TYPE = 6H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221 Block Structure - BLOCK_TYPE = 7H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222 Types of Memory Write Data Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223 Block Structure - BLOCK_TYPE = 20H, 21H, 30H, 31H . . . . . . . . . . . . .223 Fax Class 1 - Procedure Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228
Semiconductor Group
10
02.98
PSB 7115
General Information 1 General Information
The ISAR 34, ISDN Data Access Controller forms an advanced solution for ISDN applications communicating with remote ISDN as well as analog terminals. The ISAR 34 PSB 7115 follows its predecessor ISAR PSB 7110 which is capable of modem modulation up to 14400 bit/s (V.32bis). The new ISAR 34 has the similar functional architecture and additionally supports modem modulation up to 33600 bit/s (V.34bis). As well the platform is upgradeable to new modem standards (PCM modems) and is able to run algorithms for audio compression (e.g. G.728) or answering machine alternatively. A special version called "ISAR AC" is available for this purpose The ISAR 34 is designed for data access over ISDN. It can be used in data terminals combining ISDN and analog functionality for communication with remote subscribers. It can also be integrated in fax/modem pools and routers. The ISAR AC version fits perfectly into H.320/H.324 video conferencing systems, in which it supports both the modem and audio functions. It integrates two data formatting units which support binary framing, HDLC and ASYNC, which is an asynchronous data formatting according to ITU-T V.14. The data from the formatting units is input data to a fax/modem modulation or V.110 or transparent framing towards the IOM-2 timeslots. As well one channel DTMF generation and detection is supported in the data pump. The ISAR 34 operates on the IOM-2 interface in terminal mode (1.536 MHz DCL) and is also designed to operate on line-card IOM-2 interfaces (4.096 MHz DCL). As the DSP program is downloaded into external memory connected to the memory interface of the ISAR 34, firmware upgrades for new algorithms and future applications are quite easy to realize. For example a further version will fully provide a codec interface to support the Siemens Analog Line Interface Solution ALIS for analog modem applications. An elaborate mailbox interface with 256 byte buffers in each direction reduces the number of registers to a minimum. The PSB 7115 ISDN Data Access Controller is a CMOS device offered in a thin quadflat pack package. It operates from a single 3.3 V supply and the inputs are 5V safe.
Semiconductor Group
11
02.98
Enhanced ISDN Data Access Controller ISAR 34
PSB 7115
Version 2.1 1.1 Features
CMOS
* Modem modulation up to 33600 bit/s (V.34bis) including fallback modes * Fax modulation up to 14400 bit/s (V.17) including fallback modes * Bit rate adaptation according to V.110 for both Bchannels (except during datamodem modulation) * DTMF generation and detection in one channel P-TQFP-144-2 * Two universal formatters supporting ASYNC (ITU-T V.14), HDLC and binary framing of data for Bchannel applications * V.8 rate negotiation * ISDN D-channel HDLC controller with TIC bus support * ISDN C/I-channel and MONITOR channel handler * IOM-2 terminal mode (1.536 MHz), line card mode (4.096 MHz) * Mailbox interface for host communication * External memory interface to connect external program and data memory * Upgradeable to new technologies (e.g. PCM modem) * 256 byte FIFO per direction for host interface communication of B-channel data * 9 programmable general purpose I/O lines * On-Chip PLL for clock generation * 3.3 V power supply * Thin QFP-package * Advanced CMOS technology
Type PSB 7115 F V2.1
Semiconductor Group
Ordering Code
Package P-TQFP-144-2
12
02.98
PSB 7115
General Information 1.2 1.2.1 System Integration ISDN PC/Workstation Adapter with S-Interface
The ISDN PC or Workstation Adapter is based on the ISAR 34. A PSB 2186, ISAC-S TE forms the S-transceiver and the ISAR 34 provides the HDLC controller to perform the Dchannel signalling protocol. External circuitry is required for the S-interfaces which includes the transformer and protection circuitry. The host interface of the ISAR 34 is connected to the host bus.
Figure 1
ISDN PC/Workstation Adapter with S-Interface
The ISAR 34 supports HDLC based applications like file transfer, access to packet switches (X.75, V.120, PPP). It also supports communication to terminal adapters which perform bit rate adaptation according to V.110. A special feature of the ISAR 34 is its support for analog fax/modem applications. Therefore, PCM data is converted to linear data and handled by a V.34bis/V.17 data pump to support data rates up to 33600 bit/s (V.34bis) and 14400 bit/s (V.17).
Semiconductor Group
13
02.98
PSB 7115
General Information 1.2.2 ISDN PC / Workstation Adapter with U-Interface
Especially for the US market the U-interface formed by the PSB 21910 IEC-Q NTE, is considered as the standard basic rate interface. The ISAR 34 supports these applications in a cost effective way since it includes the D-channel HDLC controller, the command/indicate channel as well as the MONITOR channel. The IOM-2 interface supports TIC bus access.
Figure 2
ISDN PC/Workstation Adapter with U-Interface
Semiconductor Group
14
02.98
PSB 7115
General Information 1.2.3 ISDN PC / Workstation Adapter as Intelligent NT
A variation of the U-interface PC card is called the intelligent NT since it provides the network termination function as part of the card. The ISAR 34 supports the TIC bus of the IOM-2 interface which controls the D-channel data flow between the local D-channel source inside the ISAR 34 and the D-channel sources on the S-interface. The INTC-Q PEB 8191 is the integration of the S- and Utransceivers, dedicated to intelligent NT applications.
Figure 3
ISDN PC/Workstation Adapter as Intelligent NT
Semiconductor Group
15
02.98
PSB 7115
General Information 1.2.4 ISDN Voice/Data Terminal
Figure 4 shows a voice data terminal developed on a PC card, where the ISAR 34 provides its fax and modem functionality within a three chip solution. During ISDN calls the ARCOFI-SP PSB 2163 provides for speakerphone functions and includes an additional DTMF generator.
Figure 4
ISDN Voice/Data Terminal
Semiconductor Group
16
02.98
PSB 7115
General Information 1.2.5 Fax/Modem Pool with Primary Rate Access
Figure 5 shows an application suitable for modem pools or fax servers (fax on demand). The Frame and Line Interface Controller FALC 54 PEB 2254 provides for direct access to the PCM highway, may be programmed to operate in 1.544 Mbit/s (PCM24, T1) or 2.048 Mbit/s (PCM30/E1) carrier systems and provides the complete functionality of a line interface-, framing-, clock generation- and signalling unit. The selection of timeslots on the ISAR 34 is programmable, so they are cascadable in any order. Depending on whether or not the microprocessor performs a download to external SRAM of the ISAR 34, flash memory may be required or not.
Figure 5
Fax/Modem Pool with Primary Rate Access
Semiconductor Group
17
02.98
PSB 7115
General Information 1.3 Logic Symbol
Parallel Host Interface
AD(0:7), D(0:7)
A(0:7)
WR
RD
CS
ALE
INT
VDD VDDP
DD
DU
Power Supply
VSS VDDA VSSA VDDAP
VSSAP XTAL1
DCL FSC
SR
IOM-2 Interface
PSB 7115
ST RFS
TFS
System Clock Interface
XTAL2
CM0
SCLK
Serial Audio Interface (not supported in this version)
CM1 CLKO Reset GP(0:14)
General Purpose I/O Interface
CA(0:17) CD(0:15) CRD CWR CSM0 CSM1 CSM2 CSM3
7115_18
External Memory Interface
Figure 6
Logic Symbol
Semiconductor Group
18
02.98
PSB 7115
General Information 1.4 Device Architecture
AD(0:7), A(0:7) D(0:7)
WR
RD
CS
ALE INT
2
2
5
2
Reset
CA(0:17)CD(0:15) CRD CWR CSM0 CSM1 CSM2 CSM3
Figure 7
Device Architecture
Semiconductor Group
19
02.98
PSB 7115
General Information 1.5 Pin Configuration
108 107 106 105 104 103 102 101 100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73
n.c. n.c. n.c. n.c. VSS VDD CD0 CA0 CD1 CA1 CD2 CA2 VSS VDD CD3 CA3 CD4 CA4 CD5 CA5 VSS VDD CD6 CA6 CD7 CA7 CD8 CA8 VSS VDD CD9 CA9 CRD CWR CSM3 CSM2
GP14 GP13 GP12 VDDP GP11 GP10 GP9 GP8 VDD VSS GP7 GP6 GP5 GP4 GP3 GP2 GP1 GP0 CLKO RESET VDD VSS VDDA XTAL1 XTAL2 VSSA CM1 CM0 VDDAP VSSAP TFS RFS SCLK ST SR res.
109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144
PSB 7115 V2.1
P-TQFP-144
72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37
CSM1 CSM0 VSS VDD CD10 CA10 CD11 CA11 CD12 CA12 VSS VDD CD13 CA13 CD14 CA14 CD15 CA15 VSS VDD CA16 CA17 DD DU DCL FSC n.c. n.c. res. res. res. VSS VDD n.c. n.c. n.c.
Figure 8
Pinout
Semiconductor Group
ALE CS RD / DS WR / R/W AD7/D7 AD6/D6 AD5/D5 AD4/D4 VDD VSS AD3/D3 AD2/D2 AD1/D1 AD0/D0 res. res. res. res. res. res. res. res. A7 A6 A5 A4 VDD VSS A3 A2 A1 A0 INT n.c. n.c. VDDP
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
20
02.98
PSB 7115
General Information 1.5.1 Pin Description
Pin No. Symbol Input (I) Function Output (O) Parallel Host Interface 14 13 12 11 8 7 6 5 32 31 30 29 26 25 24 23 3 AD0/D0 AD1/D1 AD2/D2 AD3/D3 AD4/D4 AD5/D5 AD6/D6 AD7/D7 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 RD I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I I I I I I I I I Multiplexed Bus Mode: Address/Data Bus Transfers addresses and data between the host and the ISAR 34. Demultiplexed Bus Mode: Data Bus Transfers data between the host and the ISAR 34.
Demultiplexed Bus Mode (only): Address Bus Transfers address from the host to the ISAR 34. These pins are not used in multiplexed bus mode, therefore they should be tied to VDD in this mode.
Read This signal indicates a read operation. (Siemens/Intel bus mode). Data Strobe The rising edge marks the end of a valid read or write operation. (Motorola bus mode). Write This signal indicates a write operation. (Siemens/Intel bus mode). Read/Write A "1" identifies a valid host access as a read operation. A "0" identifies the access as a write operation. (Motorola bus mode). Chip Select A "0" on this line selects the ISAR 34 for a read/write operation.
21 02.98
DS
I
4
WR
I
R/W
I
2
CS
I
Semiconductor Group
PSB 7115
General Information 1.5.1 Pin Description
Pin No. Symbol Input (I) Function Output (O) 1 ALE I Address Latch Enable A "1" on this line indicates an address on AD (0:7), that will be latched by the ISAR 34 (multiplexed mode only). This allows the ISAR 34 to be directly connected to a host with multiplexed address/data bus. ALE also selects the interface mode (multiplexed or non-multiplexed). Interrupt Request This signal is activated, when the ISAR 34 requests an interrupt. This pin is an open drain output.
33
INT
O (OD)
IOM(R)-2 Interface 50 49 48 47 DD DU DCL FSC I/O I/O I/O I/O Data Downstream on IOM-2/PCM interface. Data Upstream on IOM-2/PCM interface. Data Clock Clock frequency is twice the data rate. Frame Sync Marks the beginning of a physical IOM-2 or PCM frame.
Serial Audio Interface (not supported in this version) 141 143 142 140 139 SCLK SR ST RFS TFS I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O Serial Clock Serial clock for SR and ST. Serial Data Receive Serial Data Transmit Receive Frame Sync Transmit Frame Sync
Semiconductor Group
22
02.98
PSB 7115
General Information 1.5.1 Pin Description
Pin No. Symbol Input (I) Function Output (O) System Clocks 132 XTAL1 I Crystal In or Clock In If a crystal is used, it is connected across XTAL1 and XTAL2. If a clock signal is provided (via an external oscillator), this signal is input via XTAL1. In this case the XTAL2 output is to be left non-connected. Crystal Out Left unconnected if a crystal is not used. Clock Mode Select One of four different clock mode options can be selected by CM1,0 tied to VDDP or VSS. Clock Out A buffered output clock equal to the clock input at XTAL1 is provided for further devices on the system.
133 136 135 127
XTAL2 CM0 CM1 CLKO
O I I O
External Memory Interface 101 99 97 93 91 89 85 83 81 77 67 65 63 59 57 55 52 51 CA0 CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4 CA5 CA6 CA7 CA8 CA9 CA10 CA11 CA12 CA13 CA14 CA15 CA16 CA17 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O C-Bus Address Used for addressing external program and data memory.
Semiconductor Group
23
02.98
PSB 7115
General Information 1.5.1 Pin Description
Pin No. Symbol Input (I) Function Output (O) 102 100 98 94 92 90 86 84 82 78 68 66 64 60 58 56 76 CD0 CD1 CD2 CD3 CD4 CD5 CD6 CD7 CD8 CD9 CD10 CD11 CD12 CD13 CD14 CD15 CRD I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O O C-Bus Data Data bus for external program and data memory.
C-Bus Read to external memory This signal must be connected to the RD input of the external program and data memory. C-Bus Write to external memory This signal must be connected to the WR input of the external program and data memory. C-Bus Select line for external memory bank #0, #1, #2, #3 This signal must be connected to the CS input of the corresponding memory bank.
75
CWR
O
71 72 73 74
CSM0 CSM1 CSM2 CSM3
O O O O
Semiconductor Group
24
02.98
PSB 7115
General Information 1.5.1 Pin Description
Pin No. Symbol Input (I) Function Output (O) General Control 128 126 125 124 123 122 121 120 119 116 115 114 113 111 110 109 RESET GP0 GP1 GP2 GP3 GP4 GP5 GP6 GP7 GP8 GP9 GP10 GP11 GP12 GP13 GP14 I I/O Reset input General Purpose Input/Output These pins serve as general purpose input/output lines with interrupt input capability. Pins GP0-8 are programmable by host, pins GP9-14 are reserved for testing purpose.
Semiconductor Group
25
02.98
PSB 7115
General Information 1.5.1 Pin Description
Pin No. Symbol Input (I) Function Output (O) Power Supply 10 28 41 54 62 70 80 88 96 104 118 130 9 27 40 53 61 69 79 87 95 103 117 129 36 112 134 131 VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VSS VDD VDD VDD VDD VDD VDD VDD VDD VDD VDD VDD VDD VDDP VDDP VSSA VDDA I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Ground (common to VDD and VDDP)
Positive power supply voltage (3.0 - 3.6 V)
Positive power supply voltage (4.5 - 5.5 V) Separate analog ground (0 V) for Clock Generation Unit. Separate analog positive power supply voltage (3.0 - 3.6 V) for Clock Generation Unit.
Semiconductor Group
26
02.98
PSB 7115
General Information 1.5.1 Pin Description
Pin No. Symbol Input (I) Function Output (O) 138 137 VSSAP VDDAP I I Separate analog ground (0 V) for PLL. Separate analog positive power supply voltage (3.0 - 3.6 V) PLL.
Reserved Pins 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 42 43 44 144 34 35 37 38 39 45 46 105 106 107 108 res. Reserved These pins are reserved for further use. They must be connected to VDD.
n.c.
Not Connected These pins are not used and may be left not connected.
Semiconductor Group
27
02.98
PSB 7115
Functional Description 2 2.1 Functional Description Functional Overview
Figure 9 depicts the detailed functional architecture of the ISAR 34 V2.1: * One modem/fax engine for V.34bis (33600 bit/s), V.17 (14400 bit/s), including fallback modes * Upgradeable to new modem standards due to flexible firmware download capability * DTMF receiver / transmitter in one channel * V.110 formatter in two channels (except during datamodem modulation) * Two universal formatters SART (Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter) supporting ASYNC (ITU-T V.14), HDLC and binary modes * D-channel HDLC controller * C/I and MONITOR channel handler * IOM-2 interface for terminal or line-card applications with TIC bus support * External memory interface for program and data memory * Communications Mailbox with 256 bytes per direction
SAI Interface *
IOM-2 Interface
Timeslot Assignment Pump Data Fax V.110 DTMF Transmodemmodem parent V.34bis V.17 SART ASYNC V.14 HDLC Binary
Timeslot Assignment Pump V.110 Transparent
TIC Bus Access
Channel Select
SART ASYNC V.14 HDLC Binary D-channel C/I HDLC channel MONITOR Test/ channel Diag.
Buffer 1
Buffer 2
Buffer 3
Buffer 0
Ext. Memory Bank 0 Bank 1 Bank 2 Bank 3
Local Bus Interface Communication Mailbox 2 x 256 bytes
7115_21
*) The SAI Interface is not supported in this version
Host Interface
Figure 9
Functional Block Diagram of the ISDN Data Access Controller
Semiconductor Group
28
02.98
PSB 7115
Functional Description 2.2 Clock Generation
The chip internal clocks are derived from a crystal connected across XTAL1 and XTAL2 or from an external clock input via pin XTAL1.
Interface Logic (PnP, ISA) or Microcontroller
Codec and DAA *
Transceiver
PSB 7115 V2.1
Power Supply Clock Generation
*) SAI Interface not supported in this version
External Memory, Bank 0
Bank 1 Bank 2
Bank 3
Figure 10 Clock Generation One of four options can be used for the generation of the internal DSP master clock which is used for the fax/modem pump for example. Other functional blocks derive their clock signal directly from the IOM-2 interface.
Semiconductor Group
29
02.98
PSB 7115
Functional Description An internal PLL derives the DSP clock from a 7.68 MHz, 15.36 MHz or 16.384 MHz source at XTAL1 (see table 1). In test mode the internal PLL is bypassed and the DSP clock is directly provided at XTAL1 . Table 1 00 01 10 11 Clock Mode Settings Clock at XTAL1 DSP clock 7.68 MHz 15.36 MHz 16.384 MHz Comment Test mode (PLL bypassed) S-terminal applications U-terminal applications Analog modem applications (ALIS) CM1 CM0
Note: The clock mode CM1,0 = 11 is reserved for further use as the serial audio interface (SAI) to connect the ALIS is not supported in this version.
At CLKO a buffered output clock equal to the input clock at XTAL1 is provided. This allows for hardware designs that only require one crystal for two or more devices on the system. The 7.68 MHz crystal is commonly used in terminal equipment with S-interface, e.g. the ISAR 34 together with the S-transceiver ISAC-S TE PSB 2186. One crystal is connected to the ISAR 34 and CLKO is connected to the XTAL1 input of the ISAC-S TE. For U-terminals a 15.36 MHz crystal is provided at the ISAR 34 and in the same way the U-transceiver IEC-Q TE PSB 21911 derives its input clock from CLKO. In analog modem applications with the ALIS a 16.384 MHz crystal provides the common clock for ISAR 34 and ALIS. This mode is reserved for further use.
7115_20
Figure 11 Clock Mode Applications
Semiconductor Group 30 02.98
PSB 7115
Functional Description 2.3 Physical Interfaces
The ISAR 34 provides five physical interfaces which are described in the following chapters: * * * * * Host Interface IOM-2 Interface Serial Audio Interface - SAI (not supported in this version) External Memory Interface General Purpose I/O Interface
2.3.1
Host Interface
The ISAR 34 is programmed via an 8-bit parallel host interface (table 2) that can be operated in multiplexed or non-multiplexed bus mode. Table 2 Host Interface Signals
Symbol Input (I) Function Output (O) AD(0:7) I/O Address/Data Bus (multiplexed mode) Transfers addresses and data between the host and the ISAR 34. Data Bus (non-multiplexed mode) Transfers data between the host and the ISAR 34. Address Bus (non-multiplexed mode) Input address to the ISAR 34 registers. Read (Siemens/Intel bus mode) This signal indicates a read operation. Data Strobe (Motorola bus mode) The rising edge marks the end of a valid read or write operation. Write (Siemens/Intel bus mode) This signal indicates a write operation. Read/Write (Motorola bus mode) A "1" identifies a valid host access as a read operation and a "0" identifies it as a write operation. Chip Select A "0" on this line selects the ISAR 34 for a read/write operation.
D(0:7) A(0:7) RD DS WR R/W I I I
CS
I
Semiconductor Group
31
02.98
PSB 7115
Functional Description Table 2 Host Interface Signals
Symbol Input (I) Function Output (O) ALE I Address Latch Enable A "1" on this line indicates an address on AD (0:7), that is latched by the ISAR 34 (multiplexed mode only). ALE also selects the interface mode (multiplexed or nonmultiplexed). Interrupt Request This is the interrupt output line to the host for all mailbox interrupt status requests. It is an open drain output.
INT
O (OD)
The ISAR 34 provides three types of P buses, which are selected via pin ALE: Table 3 1 2 Bus Operation Modes Motorola type with control signals CS, R/W, DS Siemens/Intel non-multiplexed bus type with control signals CS, WR, RD Siemens/Intel multiplexed address/data bus type with control signals CS, WR, RD, ALE
ALE tied to VDD ALE tied to VSS
3
Edge on ALE
The occurrence of an edge on ALE, either positive or negative, at any time during the operation immediately selects the interface type 3. A return to one of the other interface types is possible only if a hardware reset is issued.
Note: If the multiplexed address/data bus type 3 is selected, the unused address pins A0-A7 must be tied to VDD.
Semiconductor Group
32
02.98
PSB 7115
Functional Description Since the mailbox structure of the ISAR 34 just requires 9 register locations, the host needs to decode only 4 address lines A0-3 in non-multiplexed bus mode while the other address lines A4-7 are strapped to '0'. If the Software Reset (bit RST) is not required only 3 address lines A0-2 need to be decoded (address 00h-07h). All remaining address locations (09h-FFh) are reserved for further use and should not be accessed by the host.
Figure 12 Register Access in Multiplexed and Non-Multiplexed Mode
Semiconductor Group
33
02.98
PSB 7115
Functional Description 2.3.2 IOM(R)-2 Interface
The IOM-2 interface is a 4-wire interface with two data lines (DU and DD), a data clock (DCL) and a frame sync signal (FSC), of which the rising edge indicates the start of an IOM-2 frame (8 kHz). For IOM-2 applications the data clock is typically set to twice the data rate. IOM(R)-2 Driver The output driver of the DD and DU pins is selectable, open drain (default) or push pull. The output drivers are active for the selected time-slot bits and remain tri-state during the rest of the frame. The control lines FSC and DCL are input or output. IOM(R)-2 Frame Structure/Timing Modes The ISAR 34 supports the IOM-2 terminal and line-card mode. In terminal mode, the three channel IOM-2 structure is used (see figure 14). In line-card mode (see figure 13), eight IOM-2 channels can be programmed with flexible time-slot assignment of the B-channel data.
125 s FSC
DCL
DD
IOM R CH0
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
CH5
CH6
CH7
CH0
DU
IOM CH0
R
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
CH5
CH6
CH7
CH0
B1
B2
MONITOR
D
C/I
MM RX
ITD09635
Figure 13 Linecard Mode of the IOM-2 Interface
Semiconductor Group
34
02.98
PSB 7115
Functional Description
H
125 s
FSC
IOM -2 CH0
R
IOM -2 CH1
R
IOM -2 CH2
R
DD
B1
B2
MON0 D CI0 MR
IC1 MX IC1 MX
IC2
MON1
CI1 MR MX S/G A/B
DU
B1
B2
MON0 D CI0 MR
IC2
MON1
CI1 MR MX BAC TAD
SDS
ITD09636
Figure 14 Terminal mode of the IOM-2 Interface
The ISAR 34 is able to make extensive use of the IOM-2 channels as it is able to access all user data timeslots by programming the timeslot number and bit shift. The MONITOR channel is used for information exchange between the ISAR 34 and other devices connected to the IOM-2 interface. In the C/I-channel real time status information is exchanged between the devices. Both types of information transfer are supported by the ISAR 34 which provides a MONITOR and C/I-channel handler. In TE mode the TIC bus capability is implemented in the last octet of the third IOM-2 channel (channel 2). This arbitration mechanism which allows the access of up to seven D-channel sources on the IOM-2 interface, is implemented on the ISAR 34. For detailed information refer to the "IOM-2 Interface Reference Guide".
2.3.3
SAI Interface
The Serial Audio Interface (SAI) is not supported in this version, but in further versions of the ISAR 34.
Semiconductor Group
35
02.98
PSB 7115
Functional Description 2.3.4 External Memory Interface
External memory is required to store operational data and the DSP program. Up to four memory banks with an address range of 256Kx16 each can be addressed, however the specific memory configuration depends on the application. Generally the platform is capable of the following options: Operational data is stored in external SRAM whereas the storage of the DSP program code depends on the application. For PC based applications (e.g. plug in card) it can be downloaded into external SRAM, whereas for standalone systems (e.g. settop box) it is stored in non-volatile memory (e.g. flash), so no program download is necessary. The first version of ISAR 34, which is described in this specification, supports only the DSP Program Download Mode. DSP Program Download The DSP program is downloaded from the host into the external memory of the ISAR 34. One memory bank of 128Kx16, 15 ns is connected to CSM0 (memory bank 0). The other memory banks (CSM1-3) are not used.
Figure 15 Memory Configuration - DSP Program Download Other memory configurations (e.g. DSP program in flash memory) can be supported in further versions of the ISAR 34.
Semiconductor Group
36
02.98
PSB 7115
Functional Description 2.3.5 General Purpose I/O Interface
The ISAR 34 provides a general purpose I/O interface GPIO that fulfils the requirements for different applications. Each of the 15 pins can individually be programmed as an input or an output. As input they can additionally generate an interrupt. This interface can flexibly be used for general control functions or status indications from external devices. For example in modem applications hook switch and ring detect can be controlled via GPIO-pins. All kind of data is exchanged between host and ISAR 34 in a message oriented way via the mailbox interface, i.e. the GPIO pins are controlled via the DSP. The host releases messages to control the GPIO interface, which are: * Output Request: * Input Request: * Input Response: * Input Interrupt: A logic '0' or '1' is output on the output port. The status of the input port is requested. The status ('0' or '1') of the input port is returned. A status change on the interrupt input port is indicated.
The ISAR 34 returns messages with the following information:
Figure 16 General Purpose I/O Interface
Semiconductor Group
37
02.98
PSB 7115
Functional Description If enabled, a state change on input ports can initiate an interrupt to the host which is generated by the DSP. The status of the corresponding port is read by the host in a status indication message. The host programs whether a positive or negative signal edge on the input port will release an interrupt to the host (figure 17).
Figure 17 Interrupt Input Signal
Semiconductor Group
38
02.98
PSB 7115
Functional Description 2.4 Communications Interface
The ISAR 34 provides a communications interface in terms of a 256 byte mailbox per direction, a 16 bit control word and an 8 bit interrupt register. Besides that, there is a reset bit (bit 0 of register 08h), an interrupt mask/status bit (bit 2 of register 07h) and two interrupt acknowledge bits (LSB of address location 04h and 03h, respectively). The address map is shown in figure 18, all other address locations are not used.
Figure 18 Host Interface Registers
Software Reset Bit (08h Write/Read) The ISAR 34 is reset by setting and resetting this bit. It has a similar functionality as a hardware reset except this register itself is not affected and the RESET pin is not activated, i.e. the Software Reset has only effect on the internal functions of the ISAR 34.
Semiconductor Group
39
02.98
PSB 7115
Functional Description Interrupt Mask/Status Bit (07h Write/Read) All interrupt sources can be masked by setting the MSK-bit to `0', so no interrupt is indicated to the host. The status STA-bit indicates whether an interrupt request is pending. If interrupt generation is disabled (MSK=0), requests from the ISAR 34 can be recognized by polling the STA-bit. After reset the interrupt is not masked (MSK=1), however, the mask bit affects only the generation of the interrupt, but not the interrupt status bit from being set. Host/ISAR Control Registers The most significant byte of the control register (CTRL MSB) contains configuration, status or control information depending on the type of message. The least significant byte (CTRL LSB) is used to indicate the number of bytes transferred via the mailbox (Mailbox I/O Data). These mailbox data may contain additional configuration, status or control information as well as receive/transmit data. Host/ISAR Interrupt Status Byte (HIS/IIS) The interrupt status byte has a structure that defines the type of message, i.e. it contains information which buffer the message is related to and which functional block of the ISAR 34 the message is related to.
7 HIS/IIS DPS
6
5
4 MSC
3
2 MDS
1
0
Message Destination/Source (buffer, SART, pump or IOM-2) Message Coding defines the type of command Datapath Selection (path 0, 1, 2 or 3) Note: The message structure is slightly different for test and diagnostics messages (datapath 0).
7115_45
Figure 19 Structure of Interrupt Status Byte
Semiconductor Group
40
02.98
PSB 7115
Functional Description Mailbox The mailbox is implemented as physically two separate 256-byte memory blocks which is seen from the host as an I/O device. Thus, to read/write a byte from/to the Mailbox, the host accesses a single location (Mailbox I/O data), which is the same address but physically separate location for read and for write direction. The address is given by an address register directly programmable by the host (Mailbox read/write address). This address is autoincremented every time an access by the host to Mailbox I/O data is performed. Thus, for sequential, fast access, the host only needs to set the start address for the first message byte and all subsequent data bytes can be read/written without reprogramming its address. For random access to the Mailbox the Host has to reprogram the address register(s).
Host
00h 02h Data 02h Data 01h
Read Address
256 byte
256 byte
Write Address
Internal Bus
7115_23
Figure 20 Mailbox Interface
Semiconductor Group
41
02.98
PSB 7115
Functional Description 2.5 Functional Blocks
The ISAR 34 host interface provides for merging/splitting of two data paths for B-channel data, one data path for D-channel data and C/I-channel access and a fourth data path for MONITOR channel data and exchange of test/diagnostics messages. Each path is buffered both in read and write direction and the mailbox is used to access these four buffers.
Buffer 1
Datapath 1 Buffer size Interrupts
SART
ASYNC HDLC Binary
Pum p
Faxpump Modem pump V.110 Transparent DTMF
IO -2 M
Timeslot No. Ts. width PCM coding
Buffer 2
Datapath 2 Buffer size Interrupts
SART
ASYNC HDLC Binary
Pum p
V.110 Transparent DTMF
IO -2 M
Timeslot No. Ts. width PCM coding
M ailbox Buffer 3
Datapath 3 Buffer size Interrupts
SART
HDLC
IO -2 M
D-channel C/I-channel TIC-Bus
Buffer 0
Datapath 0 Buffer size Interrupts
IO -2 M
MONITOR channel IOM channe select
7115_24
Figure 21 Communication Buffers
Semiconductor Group
42
02.98
PSB 7115
Functional Description Path 1 is used to access the fax/modem engine, a V.110 formatter, a DTMF generator/ detector or for transparent access to the IOM-2 timeslots. Path 2 is used to access a V.110 formatter or it provides transparent access to the IOM2 timeslots. This datapath must not be configured to V.110 if path 1 is configured to datamodem modulations at the same time. Path 1 and 2 integrate a SART (Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter) which supports ASYNC, HDLC and binary mode. In ASYNC mode, the characters are formatted according to the ITU-T V.14 standard by start, parity and stop bits. In HDLC mode, the HDLC bit level functions (Flag, CRC, Zero-bit handling) are performed. Binary mode describes a synchronous, transparent mode without formatting. Path 3 incorporates an HDLC controller for D-channel data transfer and handles the access to the C/I-channel. The ISAR 34 supports the TIC bus arbitration mechanism for those applications where several controllers are connected to the IOM-2 interface. Path 4 provides a MONITOR channel handler for information exchange with other devices. Messages for test and diagnostics purposes are also transferred via this datapath.
2.5.1
Buffer
The mailbox represents the common host interface for all data paths, which are the two B-Channel paths, the D- and C/I-channel path and the MONITOR channel and test/ diagnostics path. For each data path the read and write direction is buffered with a FIFO (see figure 22). The complete buffer size for one data path is 2x256 byte (path 1, 2 and 3) or 2x64 byte (path 0) per direction. Since the interrupt status byte and the control word is also transferred to the buffer by the ISAR 34, the available FIFO space for user data is reduced by 3 bytes. So messages may contain a maximum number of user data of 253 or 61 byte, respectively. The maximum possible message length MPL for each path is shown in table 4. DPS is the Data Path Select parameter in the Host/ISAR Interrupt status byte (HIS/IIS) of each message. Table 4 Buffer size DPS Datapath 0 Datapath 1 Datapath 2 Datapath 3 00 01 10 11 MPL 61 byte 253 byte 253 byte 253 byte Buffer Size (per direction) 2 x 64 byte 2 x 256 byte 2 x 256 byte 2 x 256 byte
Semiconductor Group
43
02.98
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Read Write Buffers Buffers
2x64
Mailbox Read-/Write Buffers
256 Write
Datapath 0
2x64
2x256
Datapath 1
2x256
256 Read
Host
2x256
2x256
Datapath 2
2x256
Datapath 3
2x256
7115_25
Figure 22 Structure of Datapath Buffers
Buffer Control After the host has written a message to the write buffer, the ISAR 34 will issue a buffer available interrupt to the host if there is still enough free buffer space for another message of the programmed length (i.e. another message may be written to the mailbox). If the host enters messages into the mailbox which exceed the configured message length, the FIFO buffer may overflow and data might be lost. If there is no free space available, the ISAR 34 won't issue a data request message. The buffers can be set a priority to determine the sequence of service if several read buffers request for mailbox service simultaneously.
Semiconductor Group
44
02.98
PSB 7115
Functional Description 2.5.2 SART
The SART (Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter) can be configured for ASYNC character formatting, HDLC bit level formatting and binary mode. i.e. no bit level formatting. In the figures below the serial audio interface SAI is indicated as future upgrade. 2.5.2.1 HDLC Mode
In HDLC mode, the SART generates/handles the HDLC frame formatting. This includes opening and closing flag, CRC generation/detection and zero-bit insertion (bit stuffing).
Figure 23 HDLC Data Formatting Programmable features are: * * * * CRC: Inter frame timefill: Bit stream coding: Data underrun operation: 16 bit length, on/off '1' or flags regular, inverse Abort generation/frame end (CRC+flag) generation
In transmit direction a frame is started after SART data is available in the transmit FIFO buffer. The frame is continued until a frame end mark has been set in a mailbox command. In this case, the HDLC frame is closed by the CRC value and a closing flag. In case a buffer underrun occurs, the current HDLC frame is closed either by an abort sequence or by CRC and closing flag (programmable). In receive direction, HDLC frames exceeding the programmed message length are transferred to/from the buffer in data blocks of the configured message length. A message of reduced length may be transferred if a frame start, frame end or error condition is detected. In this case the control word contains the result of the CRC check, verification of integer number of bytes and check of frame end condition.
Semiconductor Group
45
02.98
PSB 7115
Functional Description 2.5.2.2 ASYNC Mode
ASYNC denotes an asynchronous formatting of data according to ITU-T specification V.14. In ASYNC mode, the SART adds/removes start, parity and stop bits to each data byte in transmit/receive direction.
Figure 24 ASYNC Data Formatting
The following options are programmable: * * * * Character Length: No. of stop bits: Parity: Overspeed range: 5, 6, 7, 8 Bit 1,2 No, odd, even, stick parity stop bit deletion: 1 of 8, 1 of 4
The ASYNC formatter supports overspeed handling according to V.14. Therefore a stop bit may be deleted according to the overspeed range. The ASYNC formatter is able to generate a break signal and to detect a break signal of a minimum length of 2M+3 bits of start bit polarity. A special option is included to generate V.42 detection timing.
Semiconductor Group
46
02.98
PSB 7115
Functional Description 2.5.2.3 Binary Mode
In binary mode no character formatting is performed. Octets are transferred with the least significant bit or most significant bit first.
Figure 25 Binary Data Programmable Features are: * Idle character generation on data underrun * Bit swapping (LSB/MSB first) In transmit direction, data from the transmit buffer is transmitted with the LSB or MSB first. In case of data underrun, i.e. if there's no more data in the transmit buffer, a programmable byte or the last data byte is continuously transmitted. In receive direction, the data stream is received in octets. Their contents is transferred to the receive buffer .
Semiconductor Group
47
02.98
PSB 7115
Functional Description 2.5.3 Pump
Pump in general describes the additional formatting of the SART data (HDLC, ASYNC or binary) which is then forwarded to the IOM-2 interface. In future versions pump data can also be transfered to the serial audio interface (SAI). The pump modes are: * * * * * * Fax modulations (V.17, ... ) Datamodem modulations (V.34bis, .. ) Halfduplex modulations V.110 DTMF Bypass (transparent data)
All pump modes are available in path 1, path 2 only supports V.110 and bypass mode. V.110 operation in data path 2 is not supported to run in parallel with datamodem modulations (full duplex modulations) in data path 1. In the figures below the serial audio interface SAI is indicated as future upgrade.
2.5.3.1
Fax Modulations
The mode fax modulations allows modulation up to V.17 (14400 bit/s).
Figure 26 Fax Modulations Programmable parameters are: * * * * Originating/Answering Mode Enabling/disabling of answer/calling tone Transmitter output attenuation Modulation scheme (V.17, V.29, V.27ter, V.21 channel 2) set by control commands
48 02.98
Semiconductor Group
PSB 7115
Functional Description In fax modulation mode the ISAR 34 supports the programming interface according to the Fax Class 1 standard EIA/TIA-578. During a fax call different kind of data is transmitted and received, which is HDCL framed data at low speed modulation (V.21Ch2) for exchange of capabilities and call setup/shut down, and binary data at high speed modulation (V.17, V.29 or V.27ter) for document transmission. The host controls these configuration settings by simply issuing a pump control command (FTM, FRM, FTH, FRH) that configures both the pump and the SART, i.e. the host does not need to reconfigure pump and SART separately for the individual fax procedures.
Figure 27 Fax Class 1 Support
Semiconductor Group
49
02.98
PSB 7115
Functional Description 2.5.3.2 Datamodem Modulations
This mode allows data modulation up to V.34bis (33600 bit/s).
Figure 28 Datamodem Modulations
Programmable parameters are: * Enabling/disabling of answer/calling tone * Transmitter output attenuation * Modulation scheme (V.34bis, V.32bis, V.32, V.23, V.22bis, V.22, V.21, Bell 202, Bell 212, Bell 103 ) * Automode (EIA/TIA PN-2330) or dedicated mode * Modulation options according to the ITU recommendations (fallback rates, retrain, renegotiate, etc. )
Semiconductor Group
50
02.98
PSB 7115
Functional Description 2.5.3.3 Halfduplex Modulations
The halfduplex modulations allow modulation up to V.17 (14400 bit/s). In the figures below the serial audio interface SAI is indicated as future upgrade.
Figure 29 Halfduplex Modulation
Programmable parameters are: * * * * Enabling/disabling of receive/transmit direction Enabling/disabling of echo protector tone Transmitter output attenuation Modulation scheme (V.17, V.29, V.27ter, V.21)
The modulation schemes which are typically used for fax modulations can be programmed by the host without affecting the SART configuration (see chapter 2.5.3.1). In this way the host could handle a fax session by programming the SART and pump (halfduplex modulation) separately, however it is recommended to use the fax mode as it simplifies the control mechanisms of the host (no reconfiguration required).
Semiconductor Group
51
02.98
PSB 7115
Functional Description 2.5.3.4 V.110
The V.110 mode allows the framing of SART data for bit rate adaptation according to the ITU-T recommendation V.110.
0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
0 D D D D E D D D D
0 D D D D E D D D D
0 D D D D E D D D D
0 D D D D E D D D D
0 D D D D E D D D D
0 D D D D E D D D D
0 S X S S E S X S S
Figure 30 V.110 Formatting
The programmable features are: * * * * * Frame format/data rate E-, X-, S-bit control Transmitter flow control (X-bits) Remote DTE status detection Delay of synchronisation
In transmit direction, the V.110 frame is combined with SART data and the state of E-, X- and S-bits. Transmission of the last data byte in the mailbox is indicated to the host (buffer empty condition), which may set control bits. Flow control by means of the X-bits is supported, which means that data transfer to the SART unit is stopped if indicated by the remote side. In receive direction, frame synchronization is monitored while the number of frames for synchronisation (normally 1) is programmable. The D-bits are forwarded to the SART and E-, X- and S- bits are forwarded to the host as status events any time they change their state. Status conditions of the remote DTE can be detected and indicated to the host.
Semiconductor Group
52
02.98
PSB 7115
Functional Description 2.5.3.5 DTMF
The ISAR 34 supports DTMF generation and detection in one channel (two channels will be supported in the future).
Figure 31 DTMF Detection
DTMF mode allows transparent data transfer between SART unit and data pump while a DTMF detector is active, which indicates received DTMF tones to the host by means of status events. In order to send a DTMF tone ('0', '1', '2', ... , '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', '', '#') the host releases a control command to the ISAR 34. The programmable features are: * * * * * Rejection level (minimum required signal level to detect a DTMF tone) Twist (maximum allowed level difference of the two frequencies) On duration of DTMF tone (1, 2, 3, ..., 255 ms) Off duration after DTMF tone (1, 2, 3, ..., 255 ms) Transmitter output attenuation
Semiconductor Group
53
02.98
PSB 7115
Functional Description 2.5.3.6 Bypass Mode
The bypass mode allows the transparent transfer of a SART formatted digital data stream to the IOM-2 timeslot without additional data formatting by the pump. In receive direction, data from the IOM-2 timeslot is directly transferred to the SART.
Figure 32 Pump in Bypass Mode
Semiconductor Group
54
02.98
PSB 7115
Functional Description 2.5.4 IOM(R)-2 Configuration
The IOM-2 configurations are separate for each datapath. Via datapath 1 and 2, any timeslot for the output of pump data can be selected. The following programmable functions are available for path 1 and 2 (figure 33): * * * * Coding (A-law, -law or 16-bit linear) Timeslot position, i.e. start of timeslot Length of timeslot (8 or 16 bit) Switching of DU/DD lines
Figure 33 IOM-2 Configuration Parameters The host must ensure that the programmed timeslots on IOM-2 for path 1 and path 2 do not overlap. Datapath 3 is dedicated to the D-channel and the C/I-channel timeslot, respectively. The TIC bus access handler which is used in terminal timing mode is operating on the TIC bus channel (3rd channel) on IOM-2. For the MONITOR channel handler in datapath 0 one of 16 IOM-2 channels can be selected. The access is fixed to the third timeslot (MONITOR channel) of this channel.
Semiconductor Group
55
02.98
PSB 7115
Functional Description 2.5.5 D-Channel
The ISAR 34 provides an HDLC controller in datapath 3 which is responsible for the data link layer using HDLC based protocols (LAPD). The data formatting in path 3 is fixed to HDLC framing, it is not programmable to binary or ASYNC as in path 1 and 2. The timeslot position is fixed to the D-channel timeslot on IOM-2 (first two bits in fourth octett of IOM-2 channel 0). The access to the FIFO buffers for D-channel data is similar as for path 1 and 2. D-channel access can be performed with or without the TIC-bus access mechanism (see chapter 2.5.7).
2.5.6
C/I-Channel
The command/indication channel carries real-time status information between the ISAR 34 and another device connected to the IOM-2 interface. The ISAR 34 supports the 4-bit C/I0 channel, but it has no access to the 6-bit C/I1 channel. C/I0 conveys the commands and indications between the layer-1 device and the layer-2 parts of the ISAR 34 and it is used to control the layer-1 activation/deactivation procedures. Access to C/I0 may be arbitrated via the TIC bus access protocol (see chapter 2.5.7). In receive direction the code from layer-1 is continuously monitored and an interrupt is generated to the host anytime a change in the C/I-code is detected. A new code must be found in two consecutive IOM-2 frames to be considered valid and to trigger a C/I-code change interrupt status (double last look criterion).
Semiconductor Group
56
02.98
PSB 7115
Functional Description 2.5.7 TIC-Bus Access
The TIC-bus arbitration mechanism which is available in IOM-2 TE mode allows access of several external communication controllers (up to 7) to the layer-1 functions and to the D- and C/I-channel of the transceiver device (figure 34).
Transceiver
S/T or U
IOM-2
ICC PEB 2070
ICC PEB 2070
ISAR 34 PSB 7115
7115_3
Up to 7 D-channel controller
Figure 34 TIC-Bus Application
The TIC-bus is implemented in the last octet of IOM channel 2 (figure 35 and 36):
Figure 35 Structure of Last Octet within CH2 on DU
Semiconductor Group
57
02.98
PSB 7115
Functional Description
Figure 36 Structure of Last Octet within CH2 on DD
In the case of an access request the ISAR 34 checks the Bus Accessed bit (BAC) for the status "bus free", which is indicated by a logic "1". If the bus is free, the ISAR 34 transmits its individual TIC-bus address and the bus is occupied by the device which sends its address error free. If more than one device attempt to seize the bus simultaneously, the one with the lowest address value wins. When the TIC bus is seized by the ISAR 34 the bus is identified to other devices as occupied via the BAC bit state "0" until the access request is withdrawn. After a successful bus access. the ISAR 34 is automatically set into a lower priority class, i.e. a new bus access cannot be performed until the status "bus free" is indicated in two successive frames. If none of the devices connected to the IOM-2 interface request access to the D- and C/I-channels, the TIC-bus address 7 will be present. The device with this address will therefore have access, by default, to the D- and C/I-channels. The BAC bit is reset to state '1' when access to the C/I-channel is no longer requested, to grant other devices access to the D- and C/I-channels. The availability of the S/T interface D-channel is indicated in the Stop/Go bit (S/G): S/G=1: stop S/G=0: go The stop/go bit is available to other layer-2 devices connected to the IOM-2 interface to determine if they can access the S/T bus D-channel. The Available/Blocked bit (A/B) is not influenced by the ISAR 34.
Semiconductor Group
58
02.98
PSB 7115
Functional Description 2.5.8 MONITOR Channel
The MONITOR channel protocol is a handshake protocol used for information exchange between the ISAR 34 and other devices. It is necessary for programming and controlling devices attached to the IOM-2 interface, such like layer-1 transceivers (e.g. IEC-Q TE PSB 21911) or peripheral voice/data modules that do not need a parallel microcontroller interface (e.g. ARCOFI -SP PSB 2163).
ARCOFI-SP PSB 2163 MONITOR1 IOM-2 IOM-2 MONITOR0 ISAR 34 PSB 7115 IEC-Q TE PSB 21911 U ISAR 34 PSB 7115 ISAC-S TE PSB 2186 S/T
7115_3
Figure 37 MONITOR Channel Applications The MONITOR channel operates on an asynchronous basis. While data transfers on the bus take place synchronized to frame sync, the flow of data is controlled by a handshake procedure using the MONITOR channel receive (MR) and MONITOR channel transmit (MX) bits. For example, data is placed onto the MONITOR channel and the MX bit is activated. This data will be transmitted repeatedly once per 8-kHz frame until the transfer is acknowledged via the MR bit. MR and MX bits are controlled internally by the ISAR 34 according to the MONITOR channel protocol.
Semiconductor Group
59
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3 3.1 Operational Description Host Communication
The communication between host and ISAR 34 is message oriented. That means all kind of information (B- and D-channel data, configuration data, status events, control commands, etc.) is exchanged by means of data packets that have a specific format depending on the kind of message.
Figure 38 Host Communication In order to transfer data to the ISAR 34 the host writes messages to the mailbox. In the opposite direction the ISAR 34 releases an interrupt to the host to indicate that a message can be read from the mailbox.
Semiconductor Group
60
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.1.1 Message Structure
This chapter describes the format of the messages that are used to transfer information between host and ISAR 34. The coding of the individual messages is described in detail in chapter 3.2 pp. Depending on the kind of message, the structure and message length may be different. All messages consist of: * Interrupt status byte (HIS or IIS) * Control register MSB (CTRL MSB) * Control register LSB (CTRL LSB) For some messages a certain number of additional bytes must be written to or read from the mailbox, respectively: * * * * 1st Parameter 2nd Parameter : N-th Parameter
Figure 39 Message Transfer
Semiconductor Group
61
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.1.2 Interrupt Status Byte
This chapter describes the format of the interrupt status byte which is part of every message transferred between host and ISAR 34. There are two types of interrupt status bytes depending on the direction of data flow:
HIS IIS
Host Interrupt Status ISAR 34 Interrupt Status
Host ISAR 34 ISAR 34 Host
Write to Reg. 03h Read from Reg. 04h
The interrupt status byte has a structure that defines the type of message, i.e. it contains information to which buffer the message is related to, the kind of message and to which functional block of the ISAR 34 the message is related to: 7 HIS/IIS DPS ... MSC ... 6 DPS 5 4 3 MSC 2 1 0 MDS
Datapath selection One of the four data paths (0, 1, 2 or 3) of the ISAR 34 is selected. Message coding MSC defines the type of command (e.g. configuration request, configuration response, status event, control command, ...) to perform a certain function. Message destination/source Selects one of the four functional blocks on the ISAR 34 (buffer, SART, data pump and IOM-2) to which the message is sent (host ISAR 34) or from which a message is originated (ISAR 34 host ).
MDS ...
The coding for the HIS and IIS registers are listed below. It should be noted, that not all code combinations of buffer selection (DPS), message coding (MSC) and message destination/source (MDS) are available at the programming interface. It is also important to note that the coding for test/diagnostics messages (DPS = 00) does not conform to the above shown structure of MSC and MDS. Instead these bits fully specify an individual message function. Some of the test/diagnostics messages are only used for DSP download and are not valid after regular operation has started (see chapter 3.12 DSP Program Download).
Semiconductor Group
62
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description Host Interrupt Status Byte (HIS Host ISAR 34) The structure for the HIS byte is shown below. Not all combinations of buffer selection, message coding and message destination are available at the programming interface. Table 5 7 6 5 HIS Structure - Path 1, 2 and 3 4 3 2 1 0
Datapath Selection (DPS) 0 1 1 1 0 1 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3
Message Coding (MSC) 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 Transmit data with SART control command Request for configuration Request for status Configuration setup Control command
Message Destination/Source (MDS) 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 Command for Buffer Command for SART Command for Pump Command for IOM-2
Semiconductor Group
63
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description The HIS structure is different for data path 0 which is used for the MONITOR channel, general control and test/diangostics functions.
.
Table 6 7 6 5
HIS Structure - Path 0 4 3 2 1 0
Datapath Selection (DPS) 0 0 Path 0
Message Coding (MSC) 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 IOM-2 request for configuration Buffer Configuration setup Buffer control command Buffer status request Timer interrupt on/off Request selftest result Request for software version number MONITOR channel configuration setup MONITOR channel configuration request MONITOR channel transmit data Soft reset GPIO data request GPIO configuration command
Semiconductor Group
64
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description ISAR 34 Interrupt Status Byte (IIS) The structure for the IIS byte is shown below. Also for IIS not all combinations of buffer selection, message coding and message destination are available at the programming interface. One message does not conform to the described structure of DPS, MSC and MDS. It has a general code (IIS = 0), which is used for normal operation and not for test/ diagnostics functions. Table 7 7 6 5 IIS Structure - Path 1, 2 and 3 4 3 2 1 0
Datapath Selection (DPS) 0 1 1 1 0 1 Path 1 Path 2 Path 3
Message Coding (MSC) 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 Receive data with SART status event Mailbox contains configuration data Mailbox contains status event Mailbox contains status information
Message Destination/Source (MDS) 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 Indication from Buffer Indication from SART Indication from Pump Indication from IOM-2
Note: All messages which are not listed here or described in the detailed message description (starting with chapter 3.2) must be ingored by the host if released from the ISAR 34.
Semiconductor Group
65
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description The IIS structure is different for data path 0 which is used for the MONITOR channel, general control and test/diangostics functions.
:
Table 8 7 6 5
IIS Structure - Path 0 4 3 2 1 0
Datapath Selection (DPS) 0 0 Path 0
Message Coding (MSC) 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 General IOM-2 configuration response Buffer status response Buffer status event (path 0) Buffer status event - buffer available (path 0, 1, 2 and 3) Invalid message received Selftest response Software version number response MONITOR channel configuration response MONITOR channel receive data MONITOR channel status event GPIO status event/response Timer interrupt event
Note: The timer interrupt is not coded as a path 0 message but for data path 1. However, the use of the timer interrupt does not require path 1 operation, it may be used for any purpose.
Semiconductor Group
66
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.1.3 Control Registers and Parameters
This chapter describes the structure of the remaining elements of a message, which are control registers, parameters and data. The most significant byte of the control register (CTRL MSB) contains configuration, status or control information which depends on the type of message.
CTRL MSB Config, Status or Control Information
CTRL LSB Number of Parameters N Mailbox I/O Data 1st Parameter Mailbox I/O Data 2nd Parameter
Mailbox I/O Data N-th Parameter
Figure 40 Control Registers and Parameters The least significant byte of the control register (CTRL LSB) is used to indicate the total number of bytes transferred via the mailbox (Mailbox I/O Data). These mailbox data may contain additional configuration, status or control information as well as user data in receive/transmit direction (figure 40). For some of the messages no additional data is written to/read from the mailbox, in this case the CTRL LSB is set to 0. The structure of the parameters depends on the type of message being transferred and has no fixed format. Therefore it is described with each individual message.
Semiconductor Group
67
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.1.4 Configuration After Reset
The proceeding after hardware reset is shown in figure 41. This version of the ISAR 34 requires a download of the DSP program into external memory, future versions will be able to store the DSP program in flash memory and may even provide completely new features. The corresponding DSP program is delivered in a binary file together with the device. When this binary file is downloaded, an automatic test of the chip version number is performed within the download procedure, so the host does not need to evaluate it. After the DSP program download procedures are finished the host checks the global variable STATUS if the download was successful. The ISAR 34 will also perform an automatic selftest of the chip at the end of the download procedure. The host requests the result of this selftest to ensure that no basic hardware error is given. The software version number can be read to get information on what features are provided with this version of the DSP program. The ISAR 34 is now ready for configuration of the functional blocks which should be done in the given sequence (buffer, pump, IOM-2 and SART) and data transfer can be started.
Semiconductor Group
68
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description
RESET
Send command "Autostart"
Host tries to start the DSP program of the ISAR 34.
Download program to external memory
The parameter STATUS is a global variable of the DSP program download procedures.
No Download successful (STATUS =0) ? Abort Procedure
Yes
Initialization complete ISAR 34 ready for configuration and data transfer
ISAR 34 Selftest is
Download complete Normal operation mode
performed automatically
Configure buffer
Request for ISAR 34 Selftest result
Configure data pump
Configure IOM-2
No
Error detected ?
interface
Configure SART
Yes
Abort Procedure Done 7115_60.A
Figure 41 Initialisation Procedure To establish a link on a data path, the four functional blocks, buffer, data pump, IOM-2 interface and SART must be configured first. Since the configuration of the data pump will reset the whole data path except buffer configuration, the pump should be configured right after buffer configuration. It is recommended to follow this configuration sequence to provide for proper operation.
Semiconductor Group 69 02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description The table below shows the configuration parameters for each of the four blocks and the reference to the corresponding parameter setting. Detailed information about the individual parameters is provided with the corresponding configuration setup messages. Table 9 Buffer Data pump Configuration Parameters Parameter Setting BBP MML PMOD * Buffer base priority * Maximum message length * Pump mode (fax, datamodem, halfduplex modulation, V.110, DTMF, DTMF transmission or bypass) * Originating/answering mode * Transmitter output attenuation * Calling and answer tones * Echo protector tone * Guard tone selection * Modulation scheme * Automode operation * V.8 negotiation * Data rate (V.110) * Flow control (V.110) * Rejection level (DTMF) IOM-2 interface * IOM-2 access enable/disable * Time slot position * Time slot length * Switching of DU/DD lines * Coding (PCM A-law, -law) * Rate conversion
Functional Block Configuration Parameter
OAM TOA ATN, CTN EPT GTS V34R, V32R, ... AMOD V8 VDR FCT REL IOM RTSO, RCS TTSO, TCS TSL TXD, RXD COD RCV
Semiconductor Group
70
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description Table 9 SART Configuration Parameters Parameter Setting SMODE HDMC HIO IFF FLEN EDF, DUO * SART mode (V.14, HDLC, binary, FSK V.14) * Receive/transmit channel disable (halfduplex modulation) * HDLC formatting (HDLC regular/inverted, Interframe fill, FCS length, enable/disable FCS, data underrun operation)
Functional Block Configuration Parameter
OVSP, * V.14/FSK V.14 formatting (overspeed range, stop bits, parity bits, character size, SNP, EOP, EDP buffer flush timeout) NSB, CHS, BFT * Binary formatting (data underrun operation, DUO, BSW, bit swapping, data underrun fillword) DUFW
Semiconductor Group
71
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.1.5 Message Transfer from Host to ISAR 34
The procedure to write a message to the ISAR 34 mailbox is shown in figure 42. The mechanism to access the ISAR 34 mailbox is the same for all messages, which are: * * * * * Configuration setup Configuration request Status request Control commands Control commands along with transmit data
WRITE MESSAGE TO ISAR 34 MAILBOX
Another parameter necessary (n>0) ? Read HIA-bit
No
Yes
Write parameter to Mailbox access permitted (HIA=0) ? n := n - 1 mailbox
No
Yes Write to CTRL MSB
Write to CTRL LSB (= number n of parameters)
Write host interrupt status byte to HIS-regsiter
Indicates the new message in the mailbox to the ISAR 34
Reset write address register to 0 Done 7115_60.A
Figure 42 Write Message Transfer When a message is written to the mailbox, the ISAR 34 will transfer the whole message to the destination buffer which is indicated in the host interrupt status byte (HIS). During that time another message must not be entered by the host, however due to the mailbox structure, the message transfer is performed rather fast and will not delay any host access.
Semiconductor Group
72
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description Therefore, before any access to the mailbox is done, the host should read the host interrupt acknowledge bit (HIA), to verify that the registers are available again (HIA = 0) and a new message may be written to the mailbox. The control registers (CTRL MSB and LSB) should be written first, where the CTRL LSB contains the total number of bytes which will be entered to the mailbox. Before any data is written to the mailbox (address 02h), the write pointer (address 01h) must be reset to 0. After a byte is written to the mailbox, the write address pointer is autoincremented and doesn't need to be reprogrammed. This allows for fast access to the mailbox. If there are successive messages with the same mailbox contents, the mailbox data does not need to be written again, as this data is still available in the mailbox memory from the previous message. It allows the host to flexibly reprogram the write pointer and its respective memory location only for those mailbox contents which are different from the previous message. Important note: It is important to note that the HIS byte must be entered as the very last byte of the message as this will indicate the new register and mailbox contents to the ISAR 34. An access to the HIS register will terminate the message transfer and automatically set the HIA bit which is reset again by the ISAR 34 as soon as new data can be entered to the mailbox.
Semiconductor Group
73
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.1.6 Message Transfer from ISAR 34 to Host
The procedure to read a message from the ISAR 34 mailbox is shown in figure 43. The mechanism to access the ISAR 34 mailbox is the same for all messages, which are: * * * * Configuration response (initiated by configuration request message) Status response (initiated by status request message) Status events Status events along with receive data
READ MESSAGE FROM ISAR 34 MAILBOX
INT received from ISAR 34 Another byte to be read from the mailbox (n>0) ? Check STA bit
No
Yes
Read one byte from the Read IIS register mailbox
Read ISAR 34 CTRL MSB
n := n - 1
Read ISAR 34 CTRL - LSB (= number n of bytes in the mailbox) Release mailbox for next data transfer (Set IIA=0)
Indicates to the ISAR 34 that the whole message has been read from the mailbox
Reset read address register to 0 Done 7115_60.A
Figure 43 Read Message Transfer If the ISAR 34 has a message available in the mailbox to be read by the host, it will activate the INT-line, provided the interrupt is not masked (MSK bit). To ensure the interrupt line is activated by the ISAR 34 and not from a different interrupt source in the system (e.g. from the transceiver device), the interrupt status bit STA should be checked. For the message transfer the ISAR 34 interrupt status register (IIS) should be read first. It defines the type of message and indicates the source where the message was initiated.
Semiconductor Group 74 02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description Then the CTRL MSB and LSB are read by the host, where the LSB indicates the total number of bytes which are available in the mailbox . Before data is read from the mailbox (address 02h), the read pointer (address 00h) must be reset to 0 to read the data starting with the first byte in sequence. For each read access to the mailbox the read address pointer is autoincremented and does not need to be reprogrammed by the host. This allows for fast access to the mailbox. Important note: It is important to note that the IIA bit must be reset as the very last register access of the message, as this will indicate to the ISAR 34 that the message has been completely read. The mailbox is released and may be filled with new contents. It is not necessary to read the mailbox if its content is not required by the host, e.g. if data is not valid. The host can discard the contents by just writing the IIA bit as this will release the whole mailbox. A response message is always initiated by the host releasing a request message to the ISAR 34 (see figure 44). The other messages are initiated by the state machine residing on the host side (messages from host to ISAR 34) or residing on the ISAR 34 (messages from ISAR 34 to host).
Configuration Setup Configuration Request Configuration Response Status Request
Host
Status Response Control Command Control Command along with transmit data Status Event Status Event along with receive data
ISAR 34 PSB 7115
7115_3
Figure 44 Message Directions The ISAR 34 releases an interrupt request to the host to indicate that a message must be read from the mailbox. The host can mask the interrupt source (bit MSK = 0) to avoid any interrupt state being indicated to the host by activating the INT-line. However, the mask bit affects only the generation of the interrupt, but not the interrupt status from being set (STA bit) which can be polled by the host.
Semiconductor Group 75 02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.1.7 Message Overview
The data path for the B-channel consists of FIFO buffer, SART, data pump and IOM-2 interface. Transmit/receive data and configuration, status and control information is exchanged between the host and the ISAR 34 by a set of messages.
Buffer Configuration * Configuration Setup Host ISAR 34 The host sets the priority at which each buffer's request will be serviced by the host and the message length at which data will be transferred between the host and the mailbox. * Configuration Request Host ISAR 34
The host can request the current configuration, i.e. parameter settings such as base priority and message length. * Configuration Response Host ISAR 34
After a configuration request by the host, the ISAR 34 will respond with the current parameter settings. * Control Command Host ISAR 34
The host sends control commands to the ISAR 34 in order to clear or reset buffers. Buffer Status * Status Request Host ISAR 34 The host can request the current status of the buffers, i.e. number of messages and free locations in the buffers. Two different types of status responses can be requested. * Status Response Host ISAR 34
After a status request by the host, the ISAR 34 will respond with the current status information. * Status Events Host ISAR 34
During data transfer the ISAR 34 indicates to the host, whether the buffer is able to store another message, i.e. if new data can be entered.
Semiconductor Group
76
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description SART Configuration * Configuration Setup Host ISAR 34 The host configures the mode (Binary, HDLC, ASYNC) for the SART and sets further parameters depending on the mode. SART Data * Status Events with Receive Data Host ISAR 34 During data reception the ISAR 34 indicates to the host, when error conditions or mode specific events occur, e.g. when the end of an HDLC frame was detected. * Control Commands with Transmit Data Host ISAR 34 During data transmission the host controls mode specific functions e.g. the HDLC framing (frame start, frame end) and the generation of break signals in ASYNC mode. Pump Configuration * Configuration Setup Host ISAR 34 The host configures the mode (fax modulations, datamodem modulations, halfduplex modulations, V.110, DTMF, DTMF transmission or by pass) for the data pump and sets further parameters depending on the mode. * Control Commands Host ISAR 34
The host sends control commands to the ISAR 34 in order to enable/disable the pump and to set mode specific control commands (e.g. DTMF tones to be generated). Pump Status * Status Request Host ISAR 34 The host can request the current configuration of the data pump (pump mode, originating/answering mode). * Status Response Host ISAR 34
After a configuration request by the host, the ISAR 34 will respond with the current parameter settings. * Status Events Host ISAR 34
The ISAR 34 indicates to the host mode specific events that occur during data transfer, such as DTMF tones received or control bit change in V.110.
Semiconductor Group
77
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description IOM-2 Configuration * Configuration Setup Host ISAR 34 The host configures the length and position of the IOM-2 timeslots. * Configuration Request Host ISAR 34
The host can request the current IOM-2 configuration, i.e. the current settings of timeslot-length and position. * Configuration Response Host ISAR 34
After a configuration request by the host, the ISAR 34 will respond with the current configuration setting. * Control Commands Host ISAR 34
The host sends control commands to the ISAR 34 for IOM-2 control during normal operation. GPIO Configuration * Configuration Setup GPIO Status * Status Request * Status Event/Response Host ISAR 34 Host ISAR 34 The host requests the current status of the GPIO pins. After a state change on a GPIO with unmasked interrupt, this status event reports the current GPIO status to the host. The same message is used as a status response after a status request from the host. Host ISAR 34 The host configures status, direction, interrupts etc. of the GPIO pins.
Important Note: In future versions of the ISAR 34 the message length for response messages can be different from this Version 2.1, i.e. new parameters may additionally be provided which is indicated by an increased parameter NOM (= number of valid bytes in the mailbox). If the ISAR 34 in this version provides more parameters than specified herein, the host should ignore all mailbox data that exceeds the message length determined by NOM as specified.
Semiconductor Group
78
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.2 3.2.1
:
Buffer Configuration Buffer Configuration Setup (Host ISAR 34)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS
15 14 13 12
MSC 0
11 10 9
MDS 0
8
CTRL MSB
0
7
0
6
0
5
0
4
0
3 2
BBP
1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
1
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter DPS ... Datapath selection 00: path 0 01: path 1 10: path 2 11: path 3
MML
MSC ...
Message coding The message coding is different for datapath 0 and datapath 1, 2, 3. 1111: configuration setup for data path 0 (DPS = 00) 1001: configuration setup for data path 1, 2 or 3 (DPS = 01, 10, 11) Buffer Base Priority 000: priority is not changed by the configuration command 001: change base priority to 1 (lowest priority) : : 111: change base priority to 7 (highest priority) Reset value: BBP = 4 datapaths 1, 2 and 3 (DPS = 01, 10, 11) BBP = 5 datapath 0 (DPS = 00)
BBP ...
Semiconductor Group
79
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description MML ... Maximum Message Length The maximum message length defines the block size of data that is transferred via the mailbox. A data block that is read from or written to the mailbox has a block size less or equal the maximum message length MML. The maximum value for MML is limited by the FIFO size (MPL = maximum possible message length) for the respective datapath. MPL can be read by a buffer configuration request message (see next chapter). The FIFO size depends on the memory configuration of the ISAR 34. * With external SRAM 128kx16, 15ns: MPL MML (reset value) path 0 61 32 path 1 253 32 path 2 253 32 path 3 253 32
The buffer priority determines the sequence of service if more than one read buffer request for mailbox service at the same time. In such a case the buffer with highest priority is served first and the priority of all pending buffers is increased by one. After being served, the priority of the serviced buffer is reset to its base value, which is selected by the above given configuration command. So a buffer with a higher base priority will be served more often than a buffer with a lower base priority, moreover, the higher the difference of two priority values the more often the one buffer will be serviced first. If the additional value (maximum message length) is omitted (CTRL LSB = 0), only the base priority is changed. In this way the buffer base priority can be reconfigured to a different value during normal operation without any loss of data consistency. By changing the base priority, the current priority is reset to the new base value. For highest throughput and best internal performance it is recommended to use the highest value for MML.
Semiconductor Group
80
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.2.2 Buffer Configuration Request (Host ISAR 34)
The current buffer configuration can be requested by the host. The request is fully specified by the Host Interrupt Status register (HIS), i.e. the mailbox control registers are set to 0 and no parameters are required.
:
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DPS HIS
15 14 13 12
MSC 0
11 10 9
MDS 0
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
0
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB DPS ... Datapath selection 00: path 0 01: path 1 10: path 2 11: path 3
0
MSC ...
Message coding The message coding is different for datapath 0 and datapath 1, 2, 3. 0111: configuration request for datapath 0 (DPS = 00) 0001: configuration request for datapath 1, 2 or 3 (DPS = 01, 10, 11)
Semiconductor Group
81
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.2.3 Buffer Configuration Response (ISAR 34 Host)
The ISAR 34 provides the configuration data, which was requested by the host, via the mailbox. The coding is similar to the configuration setup.
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS IIS
15 14 13 12
MSC 0
11 10 9
MDS 0
8
CTRL MSB
-
7
-
6
-
5
-
4
-
3 2
BBP
1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
2
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
7 6 5 4
MML
3 2 1 0
2. Parameter DSP ... Datapath selection 00: path 0 01: path 1 10: path 2 11: path 3
MPL
MSC ...
Message coding The message coding is different for datapath 0 and datapath 1, 2, 3. 1111: configuration response from datapath 0 (DPS = 00) 1001: configuration response from datapath 1, 2 or 3 (DPS = 01, 10 or 11) Current Buffer Base Priority 000: not used 001: base priority of 1 (lowest priority) : : 111: base priority of 7 (highest priority)
BBP ...
Semiconductor Group
82
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description MML ... Currently Selected Maximum Message Length MML contains the maximum message length that has been configured by the host. If this value has not been programmed by the host, MML contains the reset value for the maximum possible message length (see below). Maximum Possible Message Length MPL contains the maximum possible message length that can be configured. The value for MPL depends on the memory configuration of the ISAR 34. * With external SRAM 128kx16, 15ns: MPL MML (reset value) path 0 61 32 path 1 253 32 path 2 253 32 path 3 253 32
MPL ...
In receive direction the ISAR 34 gathers all received data words from the SART up to the selected message length, before the message is passed to the mailbox. Messages of reduced length may be passed on certain events such like error conditions or HDLC frame end (see chapter 3.5.1 SART Status Events with Receive Data). In transmit direction it's the responsibility of the host that transmit messages do not exceed the selected message length, to avoid a buffer overflow and loss of data. It must be ensured that MML does not exceed MPL in the configuration setup message (see chapter 3.2.1). Therefore it is recommended to issue a buffer configuration request message to verify the currently selected (MML) and the maximum possible message length (MPL). Moreover, this enables the software to automatically adapt to the hardware platform, as the ISAR 34 may provide different FIFO buffer sizes depending on the memory configuration in future versions.
Semiconductor Group
83
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.2.4 Buffer Control Command (Host ISAR 34)
The I/O-buffer control commands are interpreted immediately after being received by the ISAR 34.
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS
15 14 13 12
MSC
MDS
11
10
9
8
CTRL MSB
0
7
0
6
0
5
0
4
0
3
0
2 1
CRB
0
CTRL LSB DPS ... Datapath selection 00: path 0 01: path 1 10: path 2 11: path 3
0
MSC ...
Message coding The message coding is different for datapath 0 and datapath 1, 2, 3. 1111: control command for datapath 0 (DPS = 00) 1010: control command for datapath 1, 2 or 3 (DPS = 01, 10 or 11) Message destination/source The destination coding is different for datapath 0 and datapath 1, 2, 3. 10: message is addressed to buffer (for DPS = 00) 00: message is addressed to buffer (for DPS = 01, 10 or 11) Clear / Reset Buffers 00: clear receive buffer 01: clear transmit buffer 10: reset read and write buffers to their initial values
MDS ...
CRB ...
The buffer clear commands do not change the settings of the base priority or the message length. The reset command clears both, read and write buffers, and reset them to their initial factory settings.
Semiconductor Group
84
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.3 3.3.1 Buffer Status Buffer Status Request (Host ISAR 34)
The request is fully specified by the Host Interrupt Status register (HIS) and the mailbox control registers, i.e. additional parameters are not used. The I/O-buffer status request is serviced immediately after being received by the ISAR 34.
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS
15 14 13 12
MSC
MDS
11
10
9
8
CTRL MSB
0
7
0
6
0
5
0
4
0
3
0
2
0
1
STS
0
CTRL LSB DPS ... Datapath selection 00: path 0 01: path 1 10: path 2 11: path 3
0
MSC ...
Message coding The message coding is different for datapath 0 and datapath 1, 2, 3. 0111: status request for datapath 0 (DPS = 00) 0011: status request for datapath 1, 2 or 3 (DPS = 01, 10 or 11) Message destination/source The destination coding is different for datapath 0 and datapath 1, 2, 3. 01: message is addressed to buffer (for DPS = 00) 00: message is addressed to buffer (for DPS = 01, 10 or 11) Status Type Select The status request will cause the generation of ... 0: ... a status response with additional information about the buffers 1: ... a buffer available indication
MDS ...
STS ...
Semiconductor Group
85
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description The status response with additional information about messages and free locations in the receive and transmit buffers is described in chapter 3.3.2. The second option allows the host to force the generation of a buffer available indication as specified in chapter 3.3.3. However there is a slight difference in the functionality of the resulting indication message: A buffer available indication that is initiated by the ISAR 34, only contains information about those buffers where a transition from "not enough free space" to "enough free space for another message" occurs. All buffers that are not serviced by that time, will not be indicated in a following buffer available indication that results from the status transition of a different buffer. However, a status request with STS = 1 forces the ISAR 34 to generate a buffer available indication for the transmit buffer of the selected datapath (specified in the HIS register), even if there is no state transition for that buffer. This command is useful to force a first data request message from the ISAR 34 after a datapath is fully configured, although the first request message is automatically generated after SART configuration.
Semiconductor Group
86
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.3.2 Buffer Status Response (ISAR 34 Host)
The ISAR 34 returns status information about the buffers if requested by the host (see chapter 3.3.1).
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS IIS
15 14 13 12
MSC
MDS
11
10
9
8
CTRL MSB
-
7
-
6
-
5
-
4
RDM3
3
RDM2
2
RDM1
1
RDM0
0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
6
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
7 6 5 4
NBRL
3 2 1 0
2. Parameter
7 6 5 4
NBRM
3 2 1 0
3. Parameter
7 6 5 4
NMR
3 2 1 0
4. Parameter
7 6 5 4
NBTL
3 2 1 0
5. Parameter
7 6 5 4
NBTM
3 2 1 0
6. Parameter
NMT
DPS ...
Datapath selection 00: path 0 01: path 1 10: path 2 11: path 3
Semiconductor Group
87
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description MSC ... Message coding The message coding is different for datapath 0 and datapath 1, 2, 3. 1111: status response from datapath 0 (DPS = 00) 1011: status response from datapath 1, 2 or 3 (DPS = 01, 10 or 11) Message destination/source The source coding is different for datapath 0 and datapath 1, 2, 3. 01: message is originated from the buffer (for DPS = 00) 00: message is originated from the buffer (for DPS = 01, 10 or 11) Request for next Data Message from Channel 3, 2, 1 or 0 If RDM0, RDM1, RDM2 or RDM3 is set, the corresponding channel 0, 1, 2 or 3 requests for a new data message from the host, i.e. there is enough free buffer space for another message. Number of free bytes in the receive buffer - LSB Number of free bytes in the receive buffer - MSB Number of messages in the receive buffer Number of free bytes in the transmit buffer - LSB Number of free bytes in the transmit buffer - MSB Number of messages in the transmit buffer
MDS ...
RDM3 - 0 ...
NBRL ... NBRM ... NMR ... NBTL ... NBTM ... NMT ...
The control register contains additional information about all buffers that currently have buffer space available for a new message. The information is similar as provided in the general status event message which is a kind of "Indication for Buffer available" (see chapter 3.3.3.2). However, here the current status of all buffers is indicated regardless whether there is a state transition in the individual buffer. Detailed information about free locations in receive and transmit buffers and about the number of messages currently stored in the buffers are available from the mailbox. These parameters only refer to the buffer which is associated to the selected data path in IIS register. Comment As the HIS register and the control word are internally also written to the buffers a message of length n will always require (n+3) buffer locations.
Semiconductor Group
88
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.3.3 Buffer Status Event (ISAR 34 Host)
There are two message types for status events from the buffer: * Status event that is related to a certain buffer (see chapter 3.3.3.1) * Indication for buffer available - general code for all buffers (see chapter 3.3.3.2) 3.3.3.1
:
Buffer Specific Status Event (ISAR 34 Host)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS IIS
15 14 13 12
MSC
MDS
11
10
9
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
STEV
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB DPS ... Datapath selection 00: path 0 01: path 1 10: path 2 11: path 3
0
MSC ...
Message coding The message coding is different for datapath 0 and datapath 1, 2, 3. 1111: status event from datapath 0 (DPS = 00) 1010: status event from datapath 1, 2 or 3 (DPS = 01, 10 or 11) Message destination/source The source coding is different for datapath 0 and datapath 1, 2, 3. 10: message is originated from the buffer (for DPS = 00) 00: message is originated from the buffer (for DPS = 01, 10 or 11) Status Event Code 1Fh: Transmit Buffer Overflow 2Fh: Receive Buffer Overflow
MDS ...
STEV ...
Semiconductor Group
89
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.3.3.2 Buffer General Status Event (ISAR 34 Host)
If a data path is online and the associated write buffer has space available for a new message, the status event message "buffer available" is generated to request new data from the host. The I/O-buffer control unit generates write buffer status event messages that cover information about all buffers, thus the IIS register contains a general code (IIS = 0). In this way the load for transfering messages is decreased significantly, as a single message may request data for more than one datapath. It is the responsibility of the host to dispatch RDMx to the controller routines of the relevant datapath.
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS IIS 0
15
MSC 0
14
MDS 0
11
0
13
0
12
0
10
0
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
0
7
0
6
0
5
0
4
RDM3
3
RDM2
2
RDM1
1
RDM0
0
CTRL LSB RDM3 - 0 ...
0 Request for next Data Message from Channel 3, 2, 1 or 0 If bit RDM3, RDM2, RDM1 or RDM0 is set, the corresponding datapath 0, 1, 2 or 3 requests for a new data message from the host.
A status event is generated by the control unit and indicated to the host when * at least one of the write buffers changes its state from "not enough free space" to "enough free space for another data message", or when * at least one of the write buffers has still enough free space for another message immediately after a new message was written into this buffer. Only when either of these two states is met, the status event message is generated. If the request is not serviced by the host, the ISAR 34 will not generate a new status event message to request data for that path. It should be noticed that the corresponding bit for that buffer remains not set in the control register each time another buffer generates an interrupt to request new data. However a status request message (see chapter 3.3.1) can force the generation of an indication for buffer available for a certain buffer.
Semiconductor Group
90
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description The general proceeding for data transfer from the host to the transmit buffer would be: * after Reset and completion of the initialization procedure the ISAR 34 will release an initial status event message with RDM0 = RDM1 = RDM2 = RDM3 = 1 * the host configures buffer, data pump, IOM-2 interface and SART * the host writes the first message to the buffer (buffer is empty after reset) * if the remaining buffer space is greater than the programmed message length, there will be an immediate interrupt to the host, who in turn can transfer the next message. * if the remaining buffer space is smaller than the programmed message length, there will be no interrupt to the host until data is transmitted from the buffer and enough space is available to accept one complete message. * if there is a request for message to the host and the host has no new message to send, the host should store the request information, so for new data it can immediately continue with transfering it to the buffer. * the host can force the generation of an indication for buffer available for a certain buffer (see chapter 3.3.1).
Semiconductor Group
91
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.4 SART Configuration
For the B-channel datapaths (path 1 and 2) the configuration setup message requires a specific coding depending on the required SART mode (HDLC, ASYNC or binary). The coding for each mode is described in the following chapters. The D-channel datapath (path 3) is always operating in HDLC mode, therefore no SART configuration setup is required. As datapath 0 is used for the MONITOR channel and for test/diagnostics functions, there is no SART function and no SART messages are defined. For SART configuration all parameters have to be set for the corresponding SART mode even though a single parameter may not be different from a previous setting. Important note: After configuration of the pump, the configuration information of the SART gets lost, therefore the SART unit must be configured after the pump configuration.
3.4.1
SART Configuration Setup - HDLC (Host ISAR 34)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS
15 14
MSC 1
13
MDS 0
11
0
12
1
10
0
9
1
8
CTRL MSB
7
HDMC
6
0
5
0
4 3
SMODE
2 1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
1
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter DPS ...
0
0
0
HIO
IFF
FLEN
EDF
DUO
Datapath selection 01: path 1 10: path 2
Semiconductor Group
92
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description HDMC ... Halfduplex Mode Configuration 00: Receive and transmit channel are enabled (default) 01: Receive channel is disabled 10: Transmit channel is disabled 11: not used In halfduplex mode the pump would transfer idle bits in the direction that is currently not in use, so the corresponding receive or transmit channel can be selectively disabled to reduce the interrupt load for not valid data. For all other pump modes except halfduplex mode, HDMC must be set to its default value 00. SMODE ... SART Mode 0000: Disable SART 0010: V.14 mode 0011: HDLC mode 0100: Binary mode 0101: FSK V.14 mode all other codes reserved HDLC Input/Output 0: regular 1: inverted "Inverted" describes a mode where all bits are changed from "0" to "1" and from "1" to "0" after HDLC formatting. Interframe Fill 0: flags 1: "1" FCS length 0: 16 bit FCS 1: 32 bit FCS (not supported in ISAR 34 V2.1) Enable/Disable FCS 0: enable FCS (regular HDLC operation) 1: disable FCS This refers to FCS generation in transmit direction and FCS checking in receive direction. Data Underrun Operation For data underrun in TX direction ... 0: ... Abort is generated (default) 1: ... Frame End (FCS and final flag) is generated
HIO ...
IFF ...
FLEN ...
EDF ...
DUO ...
Semiconductor Group
93
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.4.2 SART Configuration Setup - ASYNC (Host ISAR 34)
ASYNC denotes an asynchronous formatting of data according to ITU-T V.14. Two separate modes are distinguished for ASYNC which depends on the selected modulation scheme at the data pump.
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS
15 14
MSC 1
13
MDS 0
11
0
12
1
10
0
9
1
8
CTRL MSB
7
HDMC
6
0
5
0
4 3
SMODE
2 1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
2
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
0
7
OVSP
6
SNP
5
PSL
4
EDP
3
NSB
2 1
CHS
0
2. Parameter DPS ... Datapath selection 01: path 1 10: path 2
BFT
HDMC ...
Halfduplex Mode Configuration 00: Receive and transmit channels are enabled (default) 01: Receive channel is disabled 10: Transmit channel is disabled 11: not used In halfduplex mode the pump would transfer idle bits in the direction that is currently not in use, so the corresponding receive or transmit channel can be selectively disabled to reduce the interrupt load for not valid data. For all other pump modes except halfduplex mode, HDMC must be set to its default value 00.
Semiconductor Group
94
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description SMODE ... SART Mode 0000: Disable SART 0010: V.14 mode (used for pump modes V.110, V.32, V.32bis, V.22, V.22bis) 0011: HDLC mode 0100: Binary mode 0101: FSK V.14 mode (used for pump modes V.21, V.23, Bell 103, Bell 202) all other codes reserved. There is a difference in the pump modes FSK V.14 and V.14: * For FSK V.14 the bit alignment during an idle sequence gets lost, since there is only one frequency for the mark bit and so there's no fixed baud rate at the data pump during the idle sequence. * For V.14 mode there is a data stream that has a fixed bit alignment, since the modulation scheme provides a fixed baud rate even during an idle sequence. Important Note: FSK V.14 mode must not be used for any other pump modes than V.21, V.23, Bell 103 and Bell 202. OVSP ... Overspeed Range (Valid only for transmit direction) Number of stop bits to be deleted 0: 1 of 8 1: 1 of 4 Stop bit deletion during data transmission is initiated by a control command, otherwise all stopbits are generated independent of OVSP setting. It is only valid for V.14 mode and not supported for FSK V.14. Overspeed range for the transmitter is an option that can be used to increase the data rate in ASYNC mode by means of the overspeed mechanism that is actually defined for compensating different data rates due to missing synchronism between an AYSNC-receiver and transmitter. SNP ... Stick/Normal Parity 0: normal parity 1: stick parity
Semiconductor Group
95
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description PSL ... Parity Select The selection (even, odd, stick 0, stick 1) depends on the setting of SNP: SNP = 0 SNP = 1 0: Odd parity 0: Parity bit = 1 1: Even parity 1: Parity bit = 0 Enable/Disable Parity Bit 0: disable parity 1: enable parity Number of Stop Bits 0: 1 Stop bit 1: 2 Stop bits Character Size 00: 5 bit 01: 6 bit 10: 7 bit 11: 8 bit Buffer Flush Timeout (valid for receive direction only) 0: Flush timeout disabled 1: Flush timeout = 2 x symbolrate 2: = 4 x symbolrate : : : : 254: = 508 x symbolrate 255: = 510 x symbolrate
EDP ...
NSB ...
CHS ...
BFT ...
The Buffer flush counter determines the length of a timer that is started when after a single character an idle sequence is being received. This is to ensure, that ASYNC characters are indicated and transferred to the host in case of a long idle sequence even though the message length is not yet complete. If the timeout is disabled, the last datawords remain in the receiver buffer - even during a long idle sequence - until the message length is complete which is then indicated to the host. For fast data rates a value in the range BFT = 10 ... 50 is suitable, whereas for slow data rates (V.21/300 bit/s) a lower value is recommended. The BFT-value should be selected high enough to avoid a too early buffer flush, which would increase the mailbox load. The symbolrate refers to the selected modulation scheme which is selected for pump configuration.
Semiconductor Group
96
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.4.3 SART Configuration Setup - Binary (Host ISAR 34)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS
15 14
MSC 1
13
MDS 0
11
0
12
1
10
0
9
1
8
CTRL MSB
7
HDMC
6
0
5
0
4 3
SMODE
2 1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
2
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
0
7
0
6
0
5
0
4
0
3
0
2
DUO
1
BSW
0
2. Parameter DPS ... Datapath selection 01: path 1 10: path 2
DUFW
HDMC ...
Halfduplex Mode Configuration 00: Receive and transmit channel are enabled (default) 01: Receive channel is disabled 10: Transmit channel is disabled 11: not used In halfduplex mode the pump would transfer idle bits in the direction that is currently not in use, so the corresponding receive or transmit channel can be selectively disabled to reduce the interrupt load for not valid data. For all other pump modes except halfduplex mode, HDMC must be set to its default value 00. SART Mode 0000: Disable SART 0010: V.14 mode 0011: HDLC mode 0100: Binary mode 0101: FSK V.14 mode all other codes reserved
SMODE ...
Semiconductor Group
97
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description DUO ... Data Underrun Operation For data underrun in TX direction ... 0: ... previous databyte in TX buffer is continuously transmitted 1: ... fillword in mailbox (2nd parameter) is continuously transmitted The fillword functionality can be used to transmit "1" or "0" or any other 8 bit value without continuous message transfer between host and ISAR 34. Bit Swapping 0: LSB is transmitted/received first 1: MSB is transmitted/received first Data Underrun Fill Word This fillword is transmitted continuously if a data underrun condition occurs in transmit direction. This functionality is only valid if the DUO bit in the first parameter is set.
BSW ...
DUFW ...
Semiconductor Group
98
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.4.4 SART Configuration Setup - Disable SART (Host ISAR 34)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS
15 14
MSC 1
13
MDS 0
11
0
12
1
10
0
9
1
8
CTRL MSB
0
7
0
6
0
5
0
4 3
SMODE
2 1 0
CTRL LSB DPS ... Datapath selection 01: path 1 10: path 2 SART Mode 0000: Disable SART 0010: V.14 mode 0011: HDLC mode 0100: Binary mode 0101: FSK V.14 mode all other codes reserved
0
SMODE ...
If the SART is disabled, the data received by the pump is not forwarded to the receive buffer. In transmit direction, a continuous sequence of "1" (marks) are forwarded to the pump if the SART is disabled.
Semiconductor Group
99
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.5 SART Data
Data together with status information or control commands is exchanged by 2 types of operation, which are described in the following two chapters. The parameter MDS = 00 indicates that the message is related to the buffer as the user data is transferred to and from the buffers. However, the whole message is described as a SART message, since status information, originated from the SART control unit and control information which is meant for the SART unit is transferred along with it.
3.5.1
SART Status Events with Receive Data (ISAR 34 Host)
The SART receiver status, which is always data related, is passed to the host along with any data transfer via the mailbox. The SART status is coded in the CTRL MSB, while the CTRL LSB indicates the number of data available in the mailbox . Certain SART receive state changes cause an immediate buffer flush event to the associated interface buffer, i.e. any time when such a state changes, all data in the internal FIFO buffer is transferred to the host even if the buffer was not yet filled up to the programmed message length. Most status bits are related to the last databyte of the mailbox (e.g. parity error). Others, like "frame start" in HDLC mode are related to the first databyte in the mailbox. If no bit is set, messages of the predefined length are transferred.
Semiconductor Group
100
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.5.1.1 SART Status Events with Receive Data - HDLC (ISAR 34 Host)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS IIS
:
MSC 1 0
:
MDS 0
11
0
10
0
9
0
8
15
14
13
12
CTRL MSB
:
-
7
FED
6
FSD
5
FAD
:
RER
3
CER
2
-
1
NMD
0
4
CTRL LSB
: :
NOM
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
:
1st databyte of the message
:
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
N. Parameter DPS ... Datapath selection 01: 10: 11: FED ... FSD ... FAD ... RER ... CER ... NMD ... path 1 path 2 path 3
N-th databyte of the message
A status information is valid, if the corresponding bit is set to `1': Frame End detected Frame Start detected Frame Abort detected Residue Error detected Received data is not multiple of 8 bits. CRC Error detected Mailbox contains all received data. No More Data (only valid with fax modulations pump mode) NMD indicates that the carrier of the remote fax modem is no longer available. Number of Valid Bytes in the Mailbox Indicates the number N of valid data bytes to be read from the mailbox.
NOM ...
Semiconductor Group
101
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description For the "Frame End"-condition, the FCS is contained in the HDLC frame as the last 2 octetts of the message (16 bit FCS). For all conditions indicated in bit 14 - bit 10 (CTRL MSB), valid data in the buffer is indicated to the host although the message length may not yet be complete. For short frames where the frame length does not exceed the maximum message length (MML), FED and FSD can be set within one message. Incomplete HDLC frames indicated in bit 12 - 10 are available in the mailbox including the erroneous data word. However, the host does not need to read such a frame from the buffer, it can skip this frame by only setting the ISAR 34 Interrupt Acknowledge bit (IIA).
Semiconductor Group
102
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.5.1.2 SART Status Events with Receive Data - ASYNC (ISAR 34 Host)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS IIS
15 14
MSC 1
13
MDS 0
11
0
12
0
10
0
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
-
7
-
6
BRE
5
BRS
4
DSD
3
PER
2
-
1
-
0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
NOM
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
7 6
1st databyte of the message
5 4 3 2 1 0
N. Parameter DPS ... Datapath selection 01: 10: path 1 path 2
N-th databyte of the message
Note: ASYNC mode is not defined for path 3.
A status information is valid, if the corresponding bit is set to `1': BRE ... BRS ... DSD ... Break Signal End detected Break Signal Start detected Deleted Stopbit Detected It is up to the host to decide whether this indicates a frame error or an allowed stop bit deletion due to overspeed range. Parity Error Number of Valid Bytes in the Mailbox Indicates the number N of valid data bytes to be read from the mailbox.
PER ... NOM ...
Break End occurs with the first character in the mailbox, which is not valid. If the message contains more than one character, all characters starting from the second are valid. All other status indications (bit 12 - 10) refer to the last character of the message, so the last character is not valid if one of these bits is set.
Semiconductor Group 103 02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description For all conditions indicated in bit 12 to 10, valid data in the buffer is indicated to the host although the message length may not yet be complete. For characters with a length of 5, 6 or 7 bits the parity bit is transferred together with the character in bit position 5, 6 or 7 respectively (asuming that the first bit is in position 0). It is not available for 8 bit characters.
3.5.1.3
SART Status Events with Receive Data - Binary (ISAR 34 Host)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS IIS
15 14
MSC 1
13
MDS 0
11
0
12
0
10
0
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
-
7
-
6
-
5
-
4
-
3
-
2
-
1
NMD
0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
NOM
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
7 6
1st databyte of the message
5 4 3 2 1 0
N. Parameter DPS ...
N-th databyte of the message
Datapath selection 01: 10: path 1 path 2
Note: Binary mode is not defined for path 3.
NMD ... No More Data (only valid with fax modulations pump mode) NMD = 1 indicates that the carrier of the remote fax modem is no longer available. Number of Valid Bytes in the Mailbox Indicates the number N of valid data bytes to be read from the mailbox.
NOM ...
Semiconductor Group
104
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.5.2 SART Control Commands with Transmit Data (Host ISAR 34)
The SART transmitter control commands, which are data related, are passed to the ISAR 34 along with any data transfer via the mailbox. The SART control command is coded in the CTRL MSB, while the CTRL LSB indicates the number of data available in the mailbox for transmission. Messages without data bytes, i.e. messages with CTRL LSB = 0, must not be sent to the ISAR 34.
3.5.2.1
SART Control Commands with Transmit Data - HDLC (Host ISAR 34)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS
15 14
MSC 1
13
MDS 0
11
0
12
0
10
0
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
0
7
FED
6
FST
5
GFA
4
0
3
0
2
0
1
NMD
0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
NOM
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
7 6
1st databyte of the message
5 4 3 2 1 0
N. Parameter DPS ...
N-th databyte of the message
Datapath selection 01: 10: 11: path 1 path 2 path 3
The control command is valid if the corresponding bit is set to `1': FED ... Frame End The last databyte in the mailbox is indicated as the last of the HDLC frame.
Semiconductor Group
105
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description FST ... Frame Start The first databyte in the mailbox is indicated as the first of the HDLC frame. Generate Frame Abort Initiates the generation of an abort sequence. No More Data (only for fax modulations pump mode) Indicates the end of the data stream and initiates the termination of the current modulation. NMD has the similar effect as the command CMD_ESCAPE, the difference is, that NMD will cause the fax pump to turn off the modulation right after the last valid data and so enable to cope with timings related to certain protocols. NMD must not be set, if there is another HDLC frame to be sent right after the current FED, as this would cause the flag sequence to be turned off. After the last message of an HDLC frame has been sent (with FED set), immediately another separate message with NMD must be issued by the host, containing one dummy databyte (CTRL LSB = 1), that will be discarded by the ISAR 34.
GFA ... NMD ...
Note: NMD is not defined for path 2 and 3.
NOM ... Number of Valid Bytes in the Mailbox Indicates the number N of valid data bytes in the mailbox to be transmitted.
For datapath 3 an abort will be gnerated automatically by the ISAR 34 when a data underrun occurs, i.e. the host has failed to write further D-channel data to the mailbox.
Semiconductor Group
106
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.5.2.2 SART Control Commands with Transmit Data - ASYNC (Host ISAR 34)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS
15 14
MSC 1
13
MDS 0
11
0
12
0
10
0
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
0
7
0
6
SOB
5
SAB
4
DSB
3
V42
2
0
1
0
0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
NOM
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
7 6
1st databyte of the message
5 4 3 2 1 0
N. Parameter DPS ...
N-th databyte of the message
Datapath selection 01: 10: path 1 path 2
Note: ASYNC mode is not defined for path 3.
The individual control function is valid if the corresponding bit is set to `1': SOB ... SAB ... DSB ... V42 ... NOM ... Stop Break Signal Start Break Signal Delete Stopbits Generate V42 detect sequence Number of Valid Bytes in the Mailbox. Indicates the number N of valid data bytes in the mailbox to be transmitted.
With SAB a sequence of at least 2M+3 start bits is initiated and SOB enables the host to generate a variable sequence length. If both, SAB and SOB are set within one message, a break signal of exactly 2M+3 start bits is generated. If DSB is set, every 4th or 8th stopbit is omitted as configured in the SART configuration setup (see chapter 3.4.2). Setting of V42 causes the generation of 12 stopbits between each character in the mailbox.
Semiconductor Group
107
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description Bit Alignment Each of the data bytes written to the mailbox contains one V.14 character with the configured number of data bits. The character is aligned to the LSB position and the unused bit positions must be set to '0' by the host software. The LSB (bit D0) is transmitted first in the data stream.
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
5 bit length 6 bit length 7 bit length 8 bit length
0 0 0 D7
0 0 D6 D6
0 D5 D5 D5
D4 D4 D4 D4
D3 D3 D3 D3
D2 D2 D2 D2
D1 D1 D1 D1
D0 D0 D0 D0
Semiconductor Group
108
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.5.2.3 SART Control Commands with Transmit Data - Binary (Host ISAR 34)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS
15 14
MSC 1
13
MDS 0
11
0
12
0
10
0
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
0
7
0
6
0
5
0
4
0
3
0
2
0
1
NMD
0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
NOM
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
7 6
1st databyte of the message
5 4 3 2 1 0
N. Parameter
..
N-th databyte of the message
DPS ...
Datapath selection 01: 10: path 1 path 2
Note: Binary mode is not defined for path 3.
The control function is valid if the corresponding bit is set to `1': NMD ... No More Data (only for fax modulations pump mode) Indicates the end of the data stream and initiates the termination of the current modulation. NMD has the similar effect as the command CMD_ESCAPE, the difference is, that NMD will cause the fax pump to turn off the modulation right after the last valid data and so enable to cope with timings related to certain protocols. After the last message of a binary data stream has been sent, immediately another separate message with NMD must be issued by the host, containing one dummy databyte (CTRL LSB = 1), that will be discarded by the ISAR 34. Number of Valid Bytes in the Mailbox Indicates the number N of valid data bytes in the mailbox to be transmitted.
NOM ...
Semiconductor Group
109
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.6 3.6.1 Pump Configuration Pump Configuration Setup (Host ISAR 34)
The pump is configured by the host. The Host Interrupt Status register (HIS) indicates that a new pump configuration is available in the mailbox registers. Important Note: It is important to note that configuration of the pump will reset the whole data path except buffer configuration, i.e. any configuration of the SART and IOM-2 is invalid, therefore the pump should be configured right after buffer configuration and precede SART and IOM-2 configuration. The LSB of the control register holds the number of additional parameter words which are passed via the mailbox. The maximum number N of parameter words depends on the pump path mode. The message coding of configuration setup for some of the pump modes is similar in a few of the parameters, however the total message coding is described separately for each of the pump modes which are: Table 10 Mode * * * * * * Fax modulations Datamodem modulations Halfduplex modulations V.110 DTMF Bypass Pump Modes PMOD 001 010 011 100 101 111
Semiconductor Group
110
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description As the modulation based pump modes (PMOD = 001, 010, 011) are not available in datapath 2, the second channel must not be configured to these pump modes. The table below shows to which of the pump modes datapath 2 can be configured. Table 11 Pump Modes in Path 1 and 2 Datapath 2 (DPS = 10) Datapath 1 (DPS = 01) Fax modulations Datamodem modulations Halfduplex modulations V.110 DTMF Bypass Important Note: It is important to note that datapath 2 must not be configured to V.110 if path 1 is configured to datamodem modulations at the same time. Bypass V.110 (see note)
Semiconductor Group
111
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.6.1.1 Pump Configuration Setup - Fax Modulations (Host ISAR 34)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS 0
15
MSC 1
14
MDS 0
11
1
13
0
12
1
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7
OAM
6
0
5
0
4
0
3 2
PMOD
1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
4
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
0
7
0
6
0
5
0
4
0
3
ATN
2
0
1
CTN
0
2. Parameter
0
7
0
6
0
5 4 3
TOA
2 1 0
3. Parameter
7 6 5 4
CODD
3 2 1 0
4. Parameter OAM ... Originating/Answering Mode 00: 01: 10: 11: PMOD ...
CLDD
reserved Pump is set to answering mode Pump is set to originating mode reserved
Pump path mode select 000: Disable all (no mailbox entry) 001: Fax modulations 010: Datamodem modulations 011: Halfduplex modulations 100: V.110 101: DTMF 111: Bypass
Semiconductor Group
112
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description ATN ... Answer Tone Enables or disables the generation of an answer tone when fax procedures are performed. 0: Answer tone is disabled 1: Answer tone is enabled Calling Tone Enables or disables the generation of a calling tone when fax procedures are performed. 0: Calling Tone is disabled 1: Calling Tone is enabled Transmitter Output Attenuation 0: 0 db 1: 1 db : : 31: 31 db Recommended value (if not otherwise specified): 6db. Carrier On Detect Duration 0 - 253: This parameter specifies a time length in 100 ms units. Carrier On (RLSD ON) is signaled after a continuous carrier detection of the programmed time span. 254, 255: reserved Recommended value (if not otherwise specified): 6 (600 ms) Carrier Loss Detect Duration This parameter specifies a time length in 100 ms units. 0 - 253: Carrier Off (RLSD OFF) is signaled after a continuous carrier loss of the programmed time span. 254, 255: reserved Recommended value (if not otherwise specified): 14 (1400 ms)
CTN ...
TOA ...
CODD ...
CLDD ...
Semiconductor Group
113
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.6.1.2 Pump Configuration Setup - Datamodem Modulations (Host ISAR 34)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS 0
15
MSC 1
14
MDS 0
11
1
13
0
12
1
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7
OAM
6
0
5
0
4
0
3 2
PMOD
1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
11
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
0
7
0
6
V22B
5
0
4
V22
3
0
2
V21
1
BEL
0
2. Parameter
AMOD
7
V8
6
0
5
0
4
0
3
V34
2
V32
1
V23
0
3. Parameter
15 14 13
V32R (LSB)
12 11 10 9 8
4. Parameter
7 6 5
V32R (MSB)
4 3 2 1 0
5. Parameter
15 14 13
V34R (LSB)
12 11 10 9 8
6. Parameter
7 6 5
V34R (MSB)
4 3 2 1 0
7. Parameter
0
7
0
6
0
5
0
4 3
GTS
2
ATN
1
CTN
0
8. Parameter
0
7
0
6
0
5
0
4
0
3
0
2
0
1
0
0
9. Parameter
0
0
0
TOA
Semiconductor Group
114
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
10. Parameter
7 6 5
CODD
4 3 2 1 0
11. Parameter
10
CLDD Originating/Answering Mode 00: 01: 10: 11: reserved Pump is set to answering mode Pump is set to originating mode reserved
OAM ...
PMOD ...
Pump path mode select 000: Disable all (no mailbox entry) 001: Fax modulations 010: Datamodem modulations 011: Halfduplex modulations 100: V.110 101: DTMF 111: Bypass V.22bis, 2400 bit/s 0: is not permitted 1: is permitted V.22/Bell 212, 1200 bit/s 0: is not permitted 1: is permitted V.21/Bell 103, 300 bit/s 0: is not permitted 1: is permitted Bell 103, 202 and 212 select BEL selects whether in parameters V21, V22 and V23 the V.xx or the Bell xxx modulation is selected. 0: Bell modulation is not permitted 1: Bell modulation is permitted Automode operation according to EIA/TIA PN-2330 0: is disabled 1: is enabled
V22B ...
V22 ...
V21 ...
BEL ...
AMOD ...
Semiconductor Group
115
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description V8 ... V.8 negotiation 0: is disabled 1: is enabled V.34 modulation 0: is not permitted 1: is permitted V.32bis modulation 0: is not permitted 1: is permitted V.23/Bell 202, 1200 bit/s /75 bit/s 0: is not permitted 1: is permitted V.32/V.32bis available rates V32R determines the rate signal (specified in ITU V.32bis) that is used in the start-up, retrain and renegotiate procedures. The coding is the same as in the above mentioned recommendation, however some of the most commonly used codings are given below. 0000 0101 0001 0001: V.32, 4800 bit/s 0000 1101 0001 0001: V.32, up to 4800 bit/s 0000 0011 0001 0001: V.32, 9600 bit/s 0000 1111 0001 0001: V.32, up to 9600 bit/s 0000 1001 1101 0001: V.32bis, 7200 bit/s 0000 1101 1101 0001: V.32bis, up to 7200 bit/s 0000 1011 1001 0001: V.32bis, 9600 bit/s 0000 1111 1101 0001: V.32bis, up to 9600 bit/s 0000 1001 1011 0001: V.32bis, 12000 bit/s 0000 1111 1111 0001: V.32bis, up to 12000 bit/s 0000 1001 1001 1001: V.32bis, 14400 bit/s 0000 1111 1111 1001: V.32bis, up to 14400 bit/s V.34 available rates V.34R determines the data rates which are permitted for both receive and transmit directions. A specific data rate is selected by a '1' in the corresponding bit position (unit is kbit/s). Any combination of the data rates is allowed:
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
V34 ...
V32 ...
V23 ...
V32R ...
V34R
V.34R-LSB: 19.2 V.34R-MSB: 0
16.8 0
14.4 33.6
12.0 31.2
9.6 28.8
7.2 26.4
4.8 24.0
2.4 21.6
Semiconductor Group
116
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description GTS ... Guard Tone Select (for V.22/V.22bis) 00: Guard tone disabled 01: 550 Hz guard tone enabled 10, 11: reserved V.25 answer tone 0: disabled 1: enabled CTN ... V.25 calling tone 0: disabled 1: enabled Transmitter Output Attenuation 0: 0 db 1: 1 db : : 31: 31 db Recommended value (if not otherwise specified): 6db Carrier On Detect Duration 0 - 253: This parameter specifies a time length in 100 ms units. Carrier On (RLSD ON) is signaled after a continuous carrier detection of the programmed time span. 254, 255: reserved Recommended value (if not otherwise specified): 6 (600 ms) Carrier Loss Detect Duration This parameter specifies a time length in 100 ms units. 0 - 253: Carrier Off (RLSD OFF) is signaled after a continuous carrier loss of the programmed time span. 254, 255: reserved Recommended value (if not otherwise specified): 14 (1400 ms)
ATN ...
CTN ...
TOA ...
CODD ...
CLDD ...
The selection of the modulation scheme is contained from the 1st to the 6th parameter. If automode is selected, any modulation which is masked (set to "0") in one of the parameters, is not tested/used in automode operation. For non-automode the permitted modulation parameters are used to select the data modulation. If more than one modulation is permitted, the highest possible data rate is selected. The 8th parameter is reserved for further use and must be set to '0'.
Semiconductor Group
117
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.6.1.3 Pump Configuration Setup - Halfduplex Modulations (Host ISAR 34)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS 0
15
MSC 1
14
MDS 0
11
1
13
0
12
1
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7
OAM
6
0
5
0
4
0
3 2
PMOD
1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
5
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
V17C V17D V29A
7 6 5
V29B
4
V29C V27A
3 2
V27B
1
V21
0
2. Parameter
0
7
0
6
0
5
EPT
4
0
3
0
2
V17A
1
V17B
0
3. Parameter
0
7
0
6
0
5 4 3
TOA
2 1 0
4. Parameter
7 6 5 4
CODD
3 2 1 0
5. Parameter OAM ... Originating/Answering Mode 00: reserved 01: Pump is receiving only 10: Pump is transmitting only 11: reserved
CLDD
PMOD ...
Pump path mode select 000: Disable all (no mailbox entry) 001: Fax modulations 010: Datamodem modulations 011: Halfduplex modulations 100: V.110 101: DTMF 111: Bypass
118 02.98
Semiconductor Group
PSB 7115
Operational Description V17C ... V.17, 9600 bit/s 0: is disabled 1: is enabled V.17, 7200 bit/s 0: is disabled 1: is enabled V.29, 9600 bit/s 0: is disabled 1: is enabled V.29, 7200 bit/s 0: is disabled 1: is enabled V.29, 4800 bit/s 0: is disabled 1: is enabled V.27ter, 4800 bit/s 0: is disabled 1: is enabled V.27ter, 2400 bit/s 0: is disabled 1: is enabled V.21 Channel 2, 300 bit/s 0: is disabled 1: is enabled Echo Protector Tone 0: is disabled 1: is enabled V.17, 14400 bit/s 0: is disabled 1: is enabled V.17, 12000 bit/s 0: is disabled 1: is enabled
V17D ...
V29A ...
V29B ...
V29C ...
V27A ...
V27B ...
V21 ...
EPT ...
V17A ...
V17B ...
Semiconductor Group
119
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description TOA ... Transmitter Output Attenuation 0: 0 db 1: 1 db : : 31: 31 db Recommended value (if not otherwise specified): 6 db. Carrier On Detect Duration 0 - 253: This parameter specifies a time length in 100 ms units. Carrier On (RLSD ON) is signaled after a continuous carrier detection of the programmed time span. 254, 255: reserved Recommended value (if not otherwise specified): 6 (600 ms) Carrier Loss Detect Duration This parameter specifies a time length in 100 ms units. 0 - 253: Carrier Off (RLSD OFF) is signaled after a continuous carrier loss of the programmed time span. 254, 255: reserved Recommended value (if not otherwise specified): 14 (1400 ms)
CODD ...
CLDD ...
The selection of the modulation scheme is contained in the 1st and 2nd parameter. If more than one modulation is enabled, the highest data rate is selected.
Semiconductor Group
120
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.6.1.4 Pump Configuration Setup - V.110 (Host ISAR 34)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS
15 14
MSC 1
13
MDS 0
11
0
12
1
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
0
7
0
6
0
5
0
4
0
3 2
PMOD
1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
2
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
7 6 5 4
VDR
3 2 1 0
2. Parameter DPS ...
0 Datapath selection 01: path 1 10: path 2
0
0
0
0
0
0
FCT
PMOD ...
Pump path mode select 000: Disable all (no mailbox entry) 001: Fax modulations 010: Datamodem modulations 011: Halfduplex modulations 100: V.110 101: DTMF 111: Bypass
Semiconductor Group
121
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description VDR ... V.110 Data Rate 3: 600 bit/s 4: 1200 bit/s 5: 2400 bit/s 6: 4800 bit/s 8: 9600 bit/s 12: 19200 bit/s 20: 38400 bit/s 21: 48000 bit/s 22: 56000 bit/s (default) 23: 56000 bit/s (alternative) 24: 64000 bit/s The default and alternative adaptation of 56 kbit/s to 64 kbit/s are specified in the ITU-T V.110 recommendation. Flow Control (X-bits) 0: disabled 1: enabled If enabled, the received X-bits are evaluated by the pump control and data from the mailbox is not forwarded to the SART unit for transmission if indicated by the remote side. Additionally, the X-bit change is indicated to the host by means of status events. Flow control is only supported for SART mode V.14.
FCT ...
Important Note: In contrast to the recommended initialisation procedure described in chapter 3.1.4, the sequence for configuration with pump mode V.110 is slightly different than for all other modes: If the pump should operate in V.110 mode, the IOM-2 interface must be configured as the last functional block, i.e. the sequence for configuration setup should be 1. Buffer configuration 2. Pump configuration (V.110) 3. SART configuration 4. IOM-2 configuration
Semiconductor Group
122
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.6.1.5 Pump Configuration Setup - DTMF (Host ISAR 34)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS 0
15
MSC 1
14
MDS 0
11
1
13
0
12
1
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7
DDIR
6
0
5
0
4
0
3 2
PMOD
1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
6
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
7 6 5 4
REL
3 2 1 0
2. Parameter
7 6 5
TW_LSB
4 3 2 1 0
3. Parameter
7 6 5
TW_MSB
4 3 2 1 0
4. Parameter
7 6 5 4
DON
3 2 1 0
5. Parameter
7 6 5 4
DOFF
3 2 1 0
6. Parameter DDIR ...
0
0
0
TOA
DTMF Direction Control 00: reserved 01: DTMF transmitter active (no transfer of user data) 10: DTMF receiver active (during transfer of user data) 11: DTMF receiver and transmitter active (not supported in this version) Transfer of user data is performed while a DTMF detector is active (DDIR=10). In order to transmit DTMF tones the pump must temporarily be configured to "DTMF transmitter active" (DDIR=01) and then reconfigured to "DTMF receiver active" (PMOD=10) again.
Semiconductor Group
123
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description PMOD ... Pump path mode select 000: Disable all (no mailbox entry) 001: Fax modulations 010: Datamodem modulations 011: Halfduplex modulations 100: V.110 101: DTMF 111: Bypass Rejection Level (valid for DTMF receiver) A DTMF signal level which is below REL is not detected by the DTMF receiver. The table for all possible REL values is given below: 0: 0 dBm 1: - 1 dBm 2: - 2 dBm 3: - 3 dBm : : : : 93: - 93 dBm The unit dBm is given with respect to full scale. It is not recommended to use values above 93. Recommended value (if not otherwise specified): 28H = 40D (- 40 dBm) Twist (TW_MSB, TW_LSB; valid for DTMF receiver) A DTMF tone consists of two tones with different frequency which have a signal level that can vary from another. The parameter Twist defines the difference in level between both frequencies that is accepted by the ISAR 34. The ISAR 34 will not detect a DTMF tone if the corresponding level difference of the received frequencies is greater than Twist. The parameter TW (= TW_MSB, TW_LSB) is calculated according to the following equation, Twist is the required level difference (to be inserted without its unit dBm):
Twist + 0, 5 - -----------------------------10 10
REL ...
TW
TW =
2 15
x
The unit dBm is given with respect to full scale. Recommended value (if not otherwise specified): 1214H = 4628D (8 dBm)
Semiconductor Group
124
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description DON ... DTMF ON Duration (valid for DTMF transmitter) Defines the length of generated DTMF tones (coding see DOFF). DTMF OFF Duration (valid for DTMF transmitter) A generated DTMF tone is subsequently followed by a signal pause. The length of this "no signal" phase is defined by DOFF. 0: (not to be used) 1: 1 ms 2: 2 ms : : 254: 254 ms 255: 255 ms The coding (given in decimal notation) is equal for DON and DOFF. Recommended value (if not otherwise specified): 80 ms (for both) TOA ... Transmitter Output Attenuation (valid for DTMF transmitter) 0: 0 db 1: 1 db : : 31: 31 db Recommended value (if not otherwise specified): 6 db.
DOFF ...
In DTMF receive mode the octets received from the IOM-2 timeslot are passed transparently through the pump without data formatting, similar to bypass mode. The DTMF receiver is active to detect DTMF tones in the received data stream and to indicate received DTMF digits to the host. The DTMF receiver interprets the octets received from the IOM-2 timeslot as A-law or -law PCM samples, depending on the IOM-2 configuration. In transmit direction user data coming from the SART is forwarded similar as in bypass mode, i.e. without formatting in the pump. Additionally DTMF tones can be generated by the pump which is transmitted to the IOM-2. DTMF tone generation is performed by the host via DTMF specific pump control commands
Semiconductor Group
125
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.6.1.6 Pump Configuration Setup - Bypass Mode (Host ISAR 34)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS
15 14
MSC 1
13
MDS 0
11
0
12
1
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
0
7
0
6
0
5
DPW
4
0
3 2
PMOD
1 0
CTRL LSB DPS ... Datapath selection 01: path 1 10: path 2 Data Path Width 0: pump data path is 8 bit 1: pump data path is 16 bit Pump path mode select 000: Disable all (no mailbox entry) 001: Fax modulations 010: Datamodem modulations 011: Halfduplex modulations 100: V.110 101: DTMF 111: Bypass
0
DPW ...
PMOD ...
Semiconductor Group
126
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.6.2 Pump Control Command (Host ISAR 34)
Control commands for the datapump are related to path 1 or path 2. For D-channel access via path 3 no pump is used, however commands to control the C/I-channel are coded with pump message codings.
Semiconductor Group
127
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.6.2.1 Pump Control Command - Fax Modulations (Host ISAR 34)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS 0
15
MSC 1
14
MDS 1
11
1
13
0
12
0
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
0
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
NOM
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
7 6 5
FCMDL
4 3 2 1 0
2. Parameter
7 6 5
FCMDH
4 3 2 1 0
3. Parameter or
7 6 5 4
MODC
3
2
1
0
3. Parameter FCMD ...
SLD Fax Command (FCMDH, FCMDL) Contains one of the following fax commands which are described in detail further down below. Two (FCMDL and FCMDH) or three (FCMDL, FCMDH and MODC or SLD) additional parameter must be written to the mailbox. 00A7h: CMD_FTH (NOM = 3, 3rd Parameter: MODC) 00A5h: CMD_FRH (NOM = 3, 3rd Parameter: MODC) 00A8h: CMD_FTM (NOM = 3, 3rd Parameter: MODC) 00A6h: CMD_FRM (NOM = 3, 3rd Parameter: MODC) 00ACh: CMD_SIL_DET_ON (NOM = 3, 3rd Parameter: SLD) 00A2h: CMD_CONTINUE (NOM = 2) 00A4h: CMD__ESCAPE (NOM = 2) 00ABh: CMD_SIL_DET_OFF (NOM = 2) 00A9h: CMD_HALT (NOM = 2) Number of additional parameters in the mailbox
128 02.98
NOM ...
Semiconductor Group
PSB 7115
Operational Description MODC ... Modulation Code This parameter indicates the particular facsimile modulation and speed selected for the next procedure. 3: 300 bit/s (V.21 Ch2) 24: 2400 bit/s (V.27ter) 48: 4800 bit/s (V.27ter) 72: 7200 bit/s (V.29) 73: 7200 bit/s (V.17) 74: 7200 bit/s (V.17 with short train) 96: 9600 bit/s (V.29) 97: 9600 bit/s (V.17) 98: 9600 bit/s (V.17 with short train) 121: 12000 bit/s (V.17) 122: 12000 bit/s (V.17 with short train) 145: 14400 bit/s (V.17) 146: 14400 bit/s (V.17 with short train) Silence Duration This parameter determines the silence detect duration associated with the wait for silence procedure. 0: 0 1: 10 ms 2: 20 ms : : 255: 2550 ms
SLD ...
The fax control commands of the ISAR 34 are focused on the fax class 1 standard, i.e. the commands have the same function as decribed therein. As for none of the other operation modes, the fax mode does not require a reprogramming of the complete data path when switching from HDLC formatted low speed data modulation (V.21Ch2) to unformatted high speed data modulation (V.17, V.29, V.27ter) and vice versa. Instead, by simply issuing a fax control command, both SART (binary or HDLC framing) and pump (V.21Ch2, V.17, ...) are reprogrammed without affecting other configuration settings.
Semiconductor Group
129
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description Fax Command description:
:
CMD_FTH
Starts transmission of HDLC frames. The additional parameter MODC (NOM = 3) contains the modulation mode at which data is to be transmitted. Starts reception of HDLC frames. The additional parameter MODC (NOM = 3) contains the modulation mode at which data is to be received. Starts transmission of binary data. The additional parameter MODC (NOM = 3) contains the modulation mode at which data is to be transmitted. Starts reception of binary data. The additional parameter MODC (NOM = 3) contains the modulation mode at which data is to be received. Starts to wait a determined length of time. The additional parameter SLD (NOM = 3) contains the silence duration which has to be waited. Handshake message from the host to indicate that the host is ready to do the task (transmit/receive) which it selected before. This command is a regular escape in receive modes and a break in transmit modes.
CMD_FRH
CMD_FTM
CMD_FRM
CMD_SIL_DET_ON
CMD_CONTINUE
CMD_ESCAPE
CMD_SIL_DET_OFF Break of silence detection. CMD_HALT Shut down from fax pump idle state.
Semiconductor Group
130
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.6.2.2 Pump Control Command - Datamodem Modulations (Host ISAR 34)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS 0
15
MSC 1
14
MDS 1
11
1
13
0
12
0
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
0
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB
15 14 13 12
2
11 10 9 8
1. Parameter
15 14 13
DCMDL
12 11 10 9 8
2. Parameter DCMD ...
DCMDH Datamodem Command (DCMDH, DCMDL) Contains one of the following datamodem commands, which are mainly used for debug purposes: 00CEh: LOCAL_RENEGOTIATE (only for V.34bis and V.32bis) 00CFh: LOCAL_RETRAIN (only for V.34bis, V.32bis, V.32 and V.22bis)
Command description:
:
LOCAL_RENEGOTIATE LOCAL_RETRAIN
Initiates a V.34bis or V.32bis renegotiation, respectively. Initiates a V.34bis, V.32bis, V.32 or V.22bis retrain, respectively (depending on the selected modulation scheme).
3.6.2.3
Pump Control Command - Halfduplex Modulations (Host ISAR 34)
There are no control commands defined for this mode.
Semiconductor Group
131
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.6.2.4 Pump Control Command - V.110 (Host ISAR 34)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS
15 14
MSC 1
13
MDS 1
11
0
12
0
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
0
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB
15 14 13 12
3
11 10 9 8
1. Parameter
7 6 5
VCMDL
4 3 2 1 0
2. Parameter
7 6 5
VCMDH
4 3 2 1 0
3. Parameter (01F0h) or
0
0
0
0
0
0
CCT
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
3. Parameter (01F1h) or
0
0
0
0
X
SB
SA1
SA0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
3. Parameter (01F2h) or
0
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
E6
E7
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
3. Parameter (01F3h) or
7 6 5 4
FRC
3
2
1
0
3. Parameter (01F4h) or
7 6 5 4
1
3
2
1
0
3. Parameter (01F5h)
ROF0 ROF1 RON1 ROFX RONX
Semiconductor Group
132
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description
DPS ...
Datapath selection 01: path 1 10: path 2 V.110 Command (VCMDH, VCMDL) Contains one of the V.110 commands listed below. A third parameter must be written to the mailbox which is different for each of the commands. 01F0h: Clamp Control According to the parameter CCT either user data (CCT=00), 0-bits (CCT=01) or 1-bits (CCT=11) are transmitted. Set S-,X-bits (for transmitter) The S- and X-bit setting is defined in the 3. parameter. Set E-bits (for transmitter) The E-bit setting is defined in the 3. parameter. Delay of synchronisation (for receiver) By default, frame synchronisation is achieved with the first V.110 frame that is received correctly. This command tells the pump control the number of V.110 frames which must be received correctly before synchronisation is achieved. The 3. parameter defines this number in the range 01h - FFh. Enable mailbox buffer empty indication (for transmitter) If enabled, the ISAR 34 will release a status event to the host as soon as the last data in the mailbox buffer is transmitted and the host can set control bits after the last valid data has been transmitted. The status event will only be released once for a buffer empty condition, for a further state transition from "not empty" to "empty", the indication has to be reenabled again. The 3. parameter must be set to '1'. Enable / Disable DTE control messages A status change of the remote DTE is can be indicated to the host by status events (NOM = 0). The host can select the type of status events to be received by enabling ('1') or disabling the corresponding flag in the 3. parameter.
VCMD ...
01F1h: 01F2h: 01F3h:
01F4h:
01F5h:
For the V.110 commands "Set clamp to 0/1" (VCMD = 11h/13h) data must not be entered to the mailbox for transmission. If a clamp is set and continuous 0-bits or 1-bits are transmitted, mailbox data will be discarded by the ISAR 34.
Semiconductor Group 133 02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description NOM ... Number of additional parameters in the mailbox For some of the commands one additional parameter must be written to the mailbox. Clamp Control (required for command 01F0h) 00: Clamp disabled (user data is transmitted) 01: Clamp zero (0-bits are transmitted) 11: Clamp one (1-bits are transmitted)
CCT ...
The value 0 or 1 for each control bit below is directly written to the corresponding bit position within the V.110 frame:
:
X... SB ... SA1 ... SA0 ... E1-7 ...
X-bit (required for command 01F1h) S4-, S9-bit (required for command 01F1h) S3-, S8-bit (required for command 01F1h) S1-, S6-bit (required for command 01F1h) E1-, .. E7-bit (required for command 01F2h) For the 600 bit/s data rate bit E7 is don't care in the message coding, but is controlled by the pump for multiframe synchronisation. Frame Counter (required for command 01F3h) Denotes the number of V.110 frames that must be received correctly in order to achieve synchronism, e.g. if FRC = 3, three frames must be received correctly, before data is transferred to the receive buffer.
FRC ...
ROF0, ROF1, RON1, ROFX, RONX ... Mask remote DTE status indication (required for command 01F5h) Indication of corresponding remote DTE status is 0: disabled 1: enabled
Semiconductor Group
134
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.6.2.5 Pump Control Command - DTMF (Host ISAR 34)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS 0
15
MSC 1
14
MDS 1
11
1
13
0
12
0
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
0
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
NOM
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
7 6 5
DCMDL
4 3 2 1 0
2. Parameter
7 6 5
DCMDH
4 3 2 1 0
3. Parameter DCMD
TDIG Dial Command (DCMDH, DCMDL) 005Ah: Transmit DTMF digit (contained in 3. Parameter, NOM=3) all other codes not supported
Semiconductor Group
135
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description TDIG ... Transmit DTMF Digit 10h: `0' 11h: `1' 12h: `2' 13h: `3' 14h: `4' 15h: `5' 16h: `6' 17h: `7' 18h: `8' 19h: `9' 1Ah: `A' 1Bh: `B' 1Ch: `C' 1Dh: `D' 1Eh: `' 1Fh: `#'
It should be noted that the IOM-2 interface must be configured with rate conversion enabled before any DTMF digits can be transmitted.
3.6.2.6
Pump Control Command - Bypass Mode (Host ISAR 34)
There are no control commands defined for this mode.
Semiconductor Group
136
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.6.2.7 Pump Control Command - C/I-Channel (Host ISAR 34)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS 1
15
MSC 1
14
MDS 1
11
1
13
0
12
0
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
CIC
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB
0
CIC
C/I-channel Command Contains one of the following control commands for the C/I-channel. The function depends on whether D-channel access is configured with or without TIC bus access (IOM-2 configuration setup): * TIC bus disabled (IOM-2 configuration setup: TIC=0): 8Mh: Transmit C/I code M permanently This C/I code (coding is included in the low nibble M) is continuously transmitted on the C/I-channel without any mechanism for bus arbitration, i.e. bus access bit BAC and TIC bus address TAD are not evaluated.
* TIC bus enabled (IOM-2 configuration setup: TIC=1): 8Mh: Transmit C/I code M (no TIC bus access) This C/I code (coding is included in the low nibble M) is continuously transmitted on the C/I-channel if no TIC bus access is requested by the ISAR 34 and as long as BAC=1 ("bus free") and TAD=111 (TIC bus address with lowest priority). Once another device gains TIC bus access, the C/I code M is no longer transmitted and the value 1111B is transmitted on the C/I-channel by the ISAR 34. If the ISAR 34 gains TIC bus access, the C/I code N (see below) is transmitted.
Semiconductor Group
137
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 9Nh: Transmit C/I code N (TIC bus access) This C/I code (coding is included in the low nibble N) is transmitted on the C/I-channel if the TIC bus was accessed successfully (i.e. TIC bus access mechanism is used by writing and reading back TAD and evaluating BAC).
* The command A0h is independent of TIC bus configuration: A0h: Request for Current C/I Code The host requests the ISAR 34 to read the current value on the C/Ichannel. Generally, subsequent C/I codes detected by the ISAR 34 are passed to the host in the sequence as they occured. The command A0h does not break this sequence. It forces the ISAR 34 to read the current value (even if there's no C/I code change) and forward it to the buffer. C/I codes are always read according to the "double last look" criterion, i.e. C/I codes are only accepted as valid if two consecutive values are identical.
Important Note: Before enabling the C/I-channel (IOM-2 configuration setup with CED=1), both C/I codes (contained in CIC=8Mh and 9Nh) must be programmed to ensure the right values are written to the C/I-channel from the beginning.
Semiconductor Group
138
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.7 3.7.1 Pump Status Pump Status Request (Host ISAR 34)
A status register which holds the current status of the data pump path is available on request. The pump status request is fully specified with the Host Interrupt Status register (HIS). The mailbox control register is not used and must be written to 0.
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS
15 14
MSC 0
13
MDS 1
11
0
12
1
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
0
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB DPS ... Datapath selection 01: path 1 10: path 2
0
Semiconductor Group
139
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.7.2 3.7.2.1 Pump Status Response (ISAR 34 Host) Pump Status Response - Fax Modulations (ISAR 34 Host)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS IIS 0
15
MSC 1
14
MDS 1
11
1
13
0
12
1
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7
OAM
6
0
5
0
4
0
3 2
PMOD
1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
2
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
7 6 5 4
RIL
3 2 1 0
2. Parameter OAM ...
RIM Originating/Answering Mode 00: reserved 01: Pump is in answering mode 10: Pump is in originating mode 11: reserved Selected pump path mode 000: Disable all (no mailbox entry) 001: Fax modulations 010: Datamodem modulations 011: Halfduplex modulations 100: V.110 101: DTMF 111: Bypass
PMOD ...
Semiconductor Group
140
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description RIL ... Rate Index - LSB RIL contains the data rate at which the pump is currently operating. 0: no speed defined 2: 300 bit/s 5: 2400 bit/s 6: 4800 bit/s 7: 7200 bit/s 8: 9600 bit/s 9: 12000 bit/s 10: 14400 bit/s Rate Index - MSB RIL contains the modulation scheme at which the pump is currently operating, the specific data rate is given in RIL. If RIM is 0, the preceding pump configuration setup was not successful. 0: no modulation scheme configured 21h: V.21 asynchronous (FSK V.14 mode) 27h: V.17 28h: V.29 2Ch: V.27ter All other codes not supported.
RIM ...
Semiconductor Group
141
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.7.2.2 Pump Status Response - Datamodem Modulations (ISAR 34 Host)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS IIS 0
15
MSC 1
14
MDS 1
11
1
13
0
12
1
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7
OAM
6
0
5
0
4
0
3 2
PMOD
1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
5
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
7 6 5 4
RIL
3 2 1 0
2. Parameter
7 6 5 4
RIM
3 2 1 0
3. Parameter
7 6 5 4
RIT
3 2 1 0
4. Parameter
-
7
-
6
RRT
5
LRT
4
-
3
RRP
2
CON
1
NEG
0
5. Parameter
-
CLD
RTY
TMO
-
-
RRN
LRN
OAM ...
Originating/Answering Mode 00: reserved 01: Pump is in answering mode 10: Pump is in originating mode 11: reserved
Semiconductor Group
142
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description PMOD ... Selected pump path mode 000: Disable all (no mailbox entry) 001: Fax modulations 010: Datamodem modulations 011: Halfduplex modulations 100: V.110 101: DTMF 111: Bypass Rate Index - LSB RIL contains the data rate at which the pump is currently operating (same data rate in receive and transmit direction). For an asymmetrical data rate, RIL indicates the receive data rate. 0: no speed defined 1: 75 bit/s 2: 300 bit/s 3: 600 bit/s 4: 1200 bit/s 5: 2400 bit/s 6: 4800 bit/s 7: 7200 bit/s 8: 9600 bit/s 9: 12000 bit/s 10: 14400 bit/s 11: 16800 bit/s 12: 19200 bit/s 13: 21600 bit/s 14: 24000 bit/s 15: 26400 bit/s 16: 28800 bit/s 17: 31200 bit/s 18: 33600 bit/s All other codes not supported.
RIL ...
Semiconductor Group
143
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description RIM ... Rate Index - MSB RIM contains the modulation scheme at which the pump is currently operating, the specific data rate is given in RIL. If RIM is 0, the preceding pump configuration setup was not successful. 0: no modulation scheme configured 02h: V.22 09h: V.32 0Ah: V.32bis 0Bh: V.34 11h: V.21 asynchronous (FSK V.14 mode) 14h: V.23 27h: V.27ter 28h: V.29 2Ch: V.17 51h: Bell 103 54h: Bell 202 All other codes not supported. Rate Index - Transmit Direction RIT is only valid for V.34 modulation. It contains the data rate in transmit direction. 0: no speed defined 5: 2400 bit/s 6: 4800 bit/s 7: 7200 bit/s 8: 9600 bit/s 9: 12000 bit/s 10: 14400 bit/s 11: 16800 bit/s 12: 19200 bit/s 13: 21600 bit/s 14: 24000 bit/s 15: 26400 bit/s 16: 28800 bit/s 17: 31200 bit/s 18: 33600 bit/s All other codes not supported.
RIT ...
Semiconductor Group
144
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description The status information is valid, if the corresponding bit is set: RRT ... LRT ... RRP ... Remote Retrain The pump is in a retrain phase that is initiated by the remote station. Local Retrain The pump is in a retrain phase that is initiated by the local station. Retrain / Renegotiate Phase The pump is in a retrain or renegotiate phase. More details are contained in the status bits RRT, LRT, RRN and LRN. Connection The pump has established a logical connection to the remote subscriber, i.e. it has passed the training phase and will continue with data transmission/reception. Negotiation The pump is in the first training phase to establish the modulation. Cleardown This bit is set if there is a reason to terminate and restart the modulation. A reason could be a rate signal without any permitted data rate or a timeout condition for bulk delay (together with setting of TMO). Retry During training phase the remote station has requested for a retrain (V.32bis only). Timeout During training phase the timing conditions for bulk delay were violated. Remote Renegotiation The pump is in a renegotiate phase that is initiated by the remote station. Local Renegotiation The pump is in a renegotiate phase that is initiated by the local station.
CON ...
NEG ... CLD ...
RTY ...
TMO ... RRN ... LRN ...
Semiconductor Group
145
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.7.2.3 Pump Status Response - Halfduplex Modulations (ISAR 34 Host)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS IIS 0
15
MSC 1
14
MDS 1
11
1
13
0
12
1
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7
OAM
6
0
5
0
4
0
3 2
PMOD
1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
2
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
7 6 5 4
RIL
3 2 1 0
2. Parameter OAM ... Originating/Answering Mode 00: not used 01: Pump is receiving only 10: Pump is transmitting only 11: not used
RIM
PMOD ...
Selected pump path mode 000: Disable all (no mailbox entry) 001: Fax modulations 010: Datamodem modulations 011: Halfduplex modulations 100: V.110 101: DTMF 111: Bypass
Semiconductor Group
146
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description RIL ... Rate Index - LSB RIL contains the data rate at which the pump is currently operating. 0: no speed defined 2: 300 bit/s 5: 2400 bit/s 6: 4800 bit/s 7: 7200 bit/s 8: 9600 bit/s 9: 12000 bit/s 10: 14400 bit/s All other codes not supported. Rate Index - MSB RIL contains the modulation scheme at which the pump is currently operating, the specific data rate is given in RIL. If RIM is 0, the preceding pump configuration setup was not successful. 0: no modulation scheme configured 21h: V.21 asynchronous (FSK V.14 mode) 27h: V.27ter 28h: V.29 2Ch: V.17 All other codes not supported.
RIM ...
Semiconductor Group
147
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.7.2.4 Pump Status Response - V.110 (ISAR 34 Host)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS IIS
15 14
MSC 1
13
MDS 1
11
0
12
1
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
0
7
0
6
0
5
0
4
0
3 2
PMOD
1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
6
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
7 6 5 4
RIL
3 2 1 0
2. Parameter
7 6 5 4
RIM
3 2 1 0
3. Parameter
-
7
-
6
-
5
ROF0 ROF1 RON1 ROFX RONX
4 3 2 1 0
4. Parameter
-
7
-
6
-
5
-
4
X
3
SB
2
SA1
1
SA0
0
5. Parameter
-
7
E1
6
E2
5
E3
4
E4
3
E5
2
E6
1
E7
0
6. Parameter DPS ... Datapath selection 01: path 1 10: path 2
FRC
Semiconductor Group
148
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description PMOD ... Selected pump path mode 000: Disable all (no mailbox entry) 001: Fax modulations 010: Datamodem modulations 011: Halfduplex modulations 100: V.110 101: DTMF 111: Bypass Rate Index - LSB RIL contains the data rate at which the pump is currently operating. 0: no speed defined 3: 600 bit/s 4: 1200 bit/s 5: 2400 bit/s 6: 4800 bit/s 8: 9600 bit/s 12: 19200 bit/s 20: 38400 bit/s 21: 48000bit/s 22: 56000 bit/s (default) 23: 56000 bit/s (alternative) 24: 64000 bit/s All other codes not supported. RIL = 0 is indicated in V.110 mode if not synchronised. Rate Index - MSB RIL contains the modulation scheme at which the pump is currently operating, the specific data rate is given in RIL. If RIM is 0, the preceding pump configuration setup was not successful, e.g. a wrong data rate was selected for V.110. 0: no modulation scheme configured C0h: V.110 All other codes not supported.
RIL ...
RIM ...
Semiconductor Group
149
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description ROF0, ROF1, RON1, ROFX, RONX ... Remote DTE status Contains information about the status of the remote DTE. The received D- and SA-bits are sampled and compared against different possibilities. A status change is detected by a match of the comparison and indicated by setting the bits as shown below. Several bits in the parameter can be set simultaneously depending on the sampled data, e.g. if ROF0 is set, ROFX will be set, too. It should be noted, that the status response is not data related, i.e. it contains the remote status that is currently received. Status ROF0 ROF1 RON1 ROFX RONX Status Name Remote (0, OFF) Remote (1, OFF) Remote (1, ON) Remote (X, OFF) Remote (X, ON) Sampled Data D SA D SA D SA D SA D SA 00000000 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111 00000000 XXXXXXXX 11111111 XXXXXXXX 00000000 00000000 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111 00000000 XXXXXXXX 11111111 XXXXXXXX 00000000
Note: X = Don't care
The following parameters contain the value for each X-, S- and E-bit, which is currently received: X... SB ... SA1 ... SA0 ... E1-E7 ... X-bit S4-, S9-bit S3-, S8-bit S1-, S6-bit E1-bit - E7-bit For the 600 bit/s data rate bit E7 is always set to 1.
Semiconductor Group
150
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description FRC ... Frame Counter for delay of synchronisation Denotes the actual number of frames that must be received correctly in order to achieve synchronism, e.g. if FRC = 3, three frames have to be received correctly, before data is transferred to the receive buffer.
Semiconductor Group
151
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.7.2.5 Pump Status Response - DTMF (ISAR 34 Host)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS IIS 0
15
MSC 1
14
MDS 1
11
1
13
0
12
1
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7
DDIR
6
0
5
0
4
0
3 2
PMOD
1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
2
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
7 6 5 4
RIL
3 2 1 0
2. Parameter DDIR ...
RIM DTMF Direction Control 00: reserved 01: DTMF transmitter active (no transfer of user data) 10: DTMF receiver active (during transfer of user data) 11: DTMF receiver and transmitter active (not supported in this version) Selected pump path mode 000: Disable all (no mailbox entry) 001: Fax modulations 010: Datamodem modulations 011: Halfduplex modulations 100: V.110 101: DTMF 111: Bypass Rate Index - LSB RIL contains the data rate at which the pump is currently operating. 24: 64000 bit/s Rate Index - MSB RIL contains the modulation scheme at which the pump is currently operating, the specific data rate is given in RIL. C0h: digital transparent mode
PMOD ...
RIL ...
RIM ...
Semiconductor Group
152
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.7.2.6 Pump Status Response - Bypass Mode (ISAR 34 Host)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS IIS
15 14
MSC 1
13
MDS 1
11
0
12
1
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
0
7
0
6
0
5
0
4
0
3 2
PMOD
1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
2
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
7 6 5 4
RIL
3 2 1 0
2. Parameter DPS ... Datapath selection 01: path 1 10: path 2
RIM
PMOD ...
Selected pump path mode 000: Disable all (no mailbox entry) 001: Fax modulations 010: Datamodem modulations 011: Halfduplex modulations 100: V.110 101: DTMF 111: Bypass Rate Index - LSB RIL contains the data rate at which the pump is currently operating. 24: 64000 bit/s Rate Index - MSB RIL contains the modulation scheme at which the pump is currently operating, the specific data rate is given in RIL. C0h: digital transparent mode
RIL ...
RIM ...
Semiconductor Group
153
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.7.2.7 Pump Status Response - Pump Disabled (ISAR 34 Host)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS IIS
15 14
MSC 1
13
MDS 1
11
0
12
1
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
0
7
0
6
0
5
0
4
0
3 2
PMOD
1 0
CTRL LSB DPS ... Datapath selection 01: path 1 10: path 2
0
PMOD ...
Selected pump path mode 000: Disable all (no mailbox entry) 001: Fax modulations 010: Datamodem modulations 011: Halfduplex modulations 100: V.110 101: DTMF 111: Bypass
Semiconductor Group
154
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.7.3 Pump Status Events (ISAR 34 Host)
Status events are released to the host by the data pump during data transmission/ reception and contain dynamic information specific for the selected pump mode. 3.7.3.1 Pump Status Events - Fax Modulations (ISAR 34 Host)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS IIS 0
15
MSC 1
14
MDS 1
11
1
13
0
12
0
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
0
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
2
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
15 14 13
FEVTL
12 11 10 9 8
2. Parameter FEVT ...
-
-
-
-
-
FEVTH
Fax Event (FEVTH, FEVTL) Contains the one of the following fax events: 002h: 10 ms timer interrupt (if enabled; see chapter 3.11.2 Timer Interrupt Event) 0BCh: RSP_READY 0B3h: LINE_TX_HDLC 0B2h: LINE_TX_BINARY 0B1h: LINE_RX_HDLC 0B0h: LINE_RX_BINARY 0B5h: RSP_CONNECT 0B7h: RSP_DISC 0B9h: RSP_FCERROR 0BEh: RSP_SIL_DET 0BAh: FLAGS_DETECT
Semiconductor Group
155
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description Fax event description
:
RSP_READY LINE_TX_HDLC LINE_TX_BINARY LINE_RX_HDLC LINE_RX_BINARY RSP_CONNECT RSP_DISC
Response to configuration fax mode originator or answerer. Response to CMD_FTH in order to indicate that the modulation has been established. Response to CMD_FTM in order to indicate that the modulation has been established. Response to CMD_FRH in order to indicate that the modulation has been established. Response to CMD_FRM in order to indicate that the modulation has been established. Indication that the fax pump is ready to receive or transmit data. Indication that the fax pump has turned off modulation after transmitting all pending data / after the host issues the command CMD_ESCAPE. Indication that the fax pump has detected a "wrong" modulation before it releases the event RSP_CONNECT. Indication that the prior selected duration of silence time has occured. Indication that the fax pump has detected flags.
RSP_FCERROR RSP_SIL_DET FLAGS_DETECT
Semiconductor Group
156
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.7.3.2 Pump Status Events - Datamodem Modulations (ISAR 34 Host)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS IIS 0
15
MSC 1
14
MDS 1
11
1
13
0
12
0
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
0
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
2
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
15 14 13
DEVTL
12 11 10 9 8
2. Parameter DEVT ...
-
-
-
-
-
DEVTH
Datamodem Event (DEVTH, DEVTL) Contains the one of the following datamodem events: 002h: 10 ms timer interrupt (if enabled; see chapter 3.11.2 Timer Interrupt Event) 018h: CONNECTION_ON 019h: CONNECTION_OFF 020h: V24_OFF 021h: CTS_ON 022h: CTS_OFF 023h: DCD_ON 024h: DCD_OFF 025h: DSR_ON 026h: DSR_OFF 0CCh: REMOTE_RETRAIN 0CDh: REMOTE_RENEGOTIATE 0D4h: GSTN_CLEARDOWN
Semiconductor Group
157
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.7.3.3 Pump Status Events - Halfduplex Modulations (ISAR 34 Host)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS IIS 0
15
MSC 1
14
MDS 1
11
1
13
0
12
0
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
0
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
2
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
15 14 13
HEVTL
12 11 10 9 8
2. Parameter HEVT ...
-
-
-
-
-
HEVTH
Halfduplex modulations Event (HEVTH, HEVTL)
Contains the one of the following datamodem events:
002h: 018h: 019h: 020h: 021h: 022h: 023h: 024h: 025h: 026h: 0D4h: 10 ms timer interrupt (if enabled; see chapter 3.11.2 Timer Interrupt Event) CONNECTION_ON CONNECTION_OFF V24_OFF CTS_ON CTS_OFF DCD_ON DCD_OFF DSR_ON DSR_OFF GSTN_CLEARDOWN
Semiconductor Group
158
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.7.3.4 Pump Status Events - V.110 (ISAR 34 Host)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS IIS
15 14
MSC 1
13
MDS 1
11
0
12
0
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
0
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
NOM
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
15 14 13
VEVT_LSB
12 11 10 9 8
2. Parameter
-
7
-
6
-
5
-
4
-
3 2
VEVTH
1 0
3. Parameter or
-
-
-
-
X
SB
SA1
SA0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
3. Parameter or
-
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
E6
E7
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
3. Parameter DPS ...
- Datapath selection 01: path 1 10: path 2
-
-
ROF0 ROF1 RON1 ROFX RONX
Semiconductor Group
159
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description VEVT ... V.110 Event (VEVT_MSB, VEVT_LSB) Contains one of the following V.110 events. For some of the events an additional parameter is provided via the mailbox. 002h: 1F1h: 1F2h: 1F8h: 10 ms timer interrupt (if enabled; see chapter 3.11.2 Timer Interrupt Event) Change in S-bits received (NOM = 3). The S-bits are specified in the third parameter. Change in E-bits received (NOM = 3). The E-bits are specified in the third parameter. Synchronisation lost (NOM = 2). This event is released for a change from synchronised to not synchronised. Synchronisation achieved (NOM = 2). This event is released for a change from not synchronised to synchronised. Change in X-bit from 1 0 received (NOM = 2). Change in X-bit from 0 1 received (NOM = 2). Mailbox buffer empty (NOM = 2) This event indicates to the host, that the last data is transmitted and that the mailbox transmit buffer is empty. This event must be enabled by the host (see chapter 3.6.2.4 Pump Control Command - V.110) and it is generated only once, i.e. for further state transitions from "not empty" to "empty", the generation of the status event must be reenabled again. DTE status (NOM = 3) The third parameter contains information about the status of the remote DTE. The received D- and SA-bits are sampled and compared against different possibilities. A status change is detected by a match of the comparison and indicated to the host. The generation of DTE status events can be enabled/ disabled by control commands (see chapter 3.6.2.4 Pump Control Command - V.110).
1F9h:
1F6h: 1F7h: 1F4h:
1F5h:
NOM ...
Number of Valid Bytes in the Mailbox For certain status events one additional parameter is provided via the mailbox.
Semiconductor Group
160
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description For the following parameters the received value 0 or 1 for each bit is indicated in the corresponding bit position. The control bits do not represent the real time value that is currently received, but they are data related, i.e. the S-, X- and E-bits are transferred to the host with the corresponding data that was received at the same time. Information about control bits that are currently received can be requested by the host (see chapter 3.7.1 Pump status request), additionally the real time value for X, which is needed for flow control, is indicated by two separate status events (VEVT = 01F6h and 01F7h). X... SB ... SA1 ... SA0 ... E1-7 ... X-bit S4-, S9-bit S3-, S8-bit S1-, S6-bit E1-, .. E7-bit For the 600 bit/s data rate bit E7 is always set to 1.
ROF0, ROF1, RON1, ROFX, RONX ... Remote DTE status Contains information about the status of the remote DTE. The received D- and SA-bits are sampled and compared against different possibilities. A status change is detected by a match of the comparison and indicated by setting the bits as shown below. Several bits in the parameter can be set simultaneously depending on the sampled data, e.g. if ROF0 is set, ROFX will be set, too.
Semiconductor Group
161
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description Table 12 Status ROF0 ROF1 RON1 ROFX RONX V.110 Remote DTE Status Status Name Remote (0, OFF) Remote (1, OFF) Remote (1, ON) Remote (X, OFF) Remote (X, ON) Sampled Data D SA D SA D SA D SA D SA 00000000 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111 00000000 XXXXXXXX 11111111 XXXXXXXX 00000000 00000000 11111111 11111111 11111111 11111111 00000000 XXXXXXXX 11111111 XXXXXXXX 00000000
Note: X = don't care It should be noted that the DTE status information is data related and may not represent the value currently be received. Comment: After reset the remote DTE status logic is in no state and all status bits (ROF0, ROF1, RON1, ROFX and RONX) are set to 0. The pump will start to search for frame synchronisation. When synchronisation is achieved, the host will receive the remote DTE status and the S-, X- and E-bits from the pump by means of status events. This information is related to the last V.110 frame that was received for synchronisation, as this frame was received without any sync error. Starting with the subsequent frame, the D-bits of the frame are transferred as valid user data to the SART. The same mechanism for resynchronisation is used if frame synchronisation is temporarily lost.
Semiconductor Group
162
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.7.3.5 Pump Status Events - DTMF (ISAR 34 Host)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS IIS 0
15
MSC 1
14
MDS 1
11
1
13
0
12
0
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
0
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
3
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
15 14 13
DEVTL
12 11 10 9 8
2. Parameter
-
7
-
6
-
5
-
4
-
3 2
DEVTH
1 0
3. Parameter
RDIG
DEVT ...
DTMF Event (DEVTH, DEVTL)
Contains the one of the following DTMF events:
10 ms timer interrupt (if enabled; see chapter 3.11.2 Timer Interrupt Event) 057h: DTMF tone detected (all other codes reserved) 002h:
Semiconductor Group
163
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description RDIG ... Received DTMF Digit One of the following DTMF digits was detected by DTMF receiver: 10h: `0' 11h: `1' 12h: `2' 13h: `3' 14h: `4' 15h: `5' 16h: `6' 17h: `7' 18h: `8' 19h: `9' 1Ah: `A' 1Bh: `B' 1Ch: `C' 1Dh: `D' 1Eh: `*' 1Fh: `#'
3.7.3.6
Pump Status Events - Bypass Mode (ISAR 34 Host)
No status events defined for this mode.
Semiconductor Group
164
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.7.3.7 Pump Status Events - D- and C/I-Channel (ISAR 34 Host)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS IIS 1
15
MSC 1
14
MDS 1
11
1
13
0
12
0
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
DCIE
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB DCIE ...
0 D-channel and C/I-channel Event Contains one of the following events either from the D-channel or from the C/I-channel: 10h: Message Abort The ISAR 34 detects a S/G bit change to '1' (stop) and all D-channel data (i.e. current message and all subsequent messages) in the transmit buffer is cleared, the receive buffer is not affected. The host must write this data to the mailbox again, starting with the beginning of the aborted frame. However, the ISAR 34 has a short internal buffer for D-channel data to solve collisions on the S-bus, so not all collisions are indicated to the host, but handled automatically by the ISAR 34. Therefore the "Message Abort" will only be released if the conflict could not be solved within the internal data storage of the ISAR 34. 20h: Message Complete A frame was successfully transmitted on the D-channel. This flag is used to control the transmission of subsequent D-channel HDLC frames. The host must not start writing data of a new HDLC frame to the ISAR 34 before this flag was set to confirm the successful transmission of the previous frame. 8Mh: C/I Code Change M A new C/I code (coding is included in M) was received twice (double last look) on the C/I-channel (4th timeslot on IOM-2 channel 0). When the C/I-channel is enabled by configuration setup, a first C/I Code Change message is indicated to the host with the current C/I information. The C/I information is not related to D-channel data.
Semiconductor Group
165
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.8 IOM(R)-2 Configuration
The following commands, requests and responses are used to setup/control the network access of the data paths. The message coding of both datapaths 1 and 2 (B-channel data) are similar. For datapath 3 (D-channel data) some codings are different and therefore described in separate chapters.
3.8.1
IOM(R)-2 Configuration Setup - Path 1 and 2 (Host ISAR 34)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS
15 14
MSC 1
13
MDS 0
11
0
12
1
10
1
9
1
8
CTRL MSB
IOM
7
0
6
0
5
0
4 3
COD
2 1
RCV
0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
5
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
0
7
0
6
0
5
TXD
4
RXD
3 2
TSL
1 0
2. Parameter
0
7
0
6 5 4 3
RTSO
2 1 0
3. Parameter
0
7
0
6
0
5
0
4
0
3 2
RCS
1 0
4. Parameter
0
7
0
6 5 4 3
TTSO
2 1 0
5. Parameter DPS ...
0
0
0
0
0
TCS
Datapath selection 01: path 1 10: path 2
Semiconductor Group
166
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description IOM ... IOM-2 data access 0: disabled 1: enabled Coding 000: no PCM coding (16-bit linear data) 001: A-law coding (8-bit data) -law coding (8-bit data) 010: all other codes reserved For the pump modes V.110 and bypass "no PCM coding" must be selected. A-law and -law coding is selected for all modulation related pump modes (fax, datamodem and halfduplex modulation, DTMF and DTMF transmission). If "no PCM coding" is selected in these modes, 16-bit linear values are output on the IOM-2 interface. Rate Conversion RCV refers to internal operation of the device and must be set depending on the pump mode. 0: disabled (for all other pump modes) 1: enabled (for pump modes 001, 010, 011, 110) Transmit path switched to 0: DD-line 1: DU-line (reset value) Receive path switched to 0: DD-line (reset value) 1: DU-line Timeslot length for Receive / Transmit path 000: 8 bit wordlength (reset value) 010: 16 bit wordlength (used to operate with 16 linear codec, e.g. ARCOFI) all other codes currently not supported Receive Time Slot Offset to FSC 0: 0 bit 1: 8 bit : : 63: 504 bit Reset value: RTSO = 0 for path 1 RTSO = 1 for path 2
COD ...
RCV ...
TXD ...
RXD ...
TSL ...
RTSO ...
Semiconductor Group
167
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description RCS ... Receive Clock Shift 0: 0 bit 1: 1 bit : : 7: 7 bit Reset value: RCS = 0 for path 1 and 2 Transmit Time Slot Offset to FSC 0: 0 bit 1: 8 bit : : 63: 504 bit Reset value: TTSO = 0 for path 1 TTSO = 1 for path 2 Transmit Clock Shift 0: 0 bit 1: 1 bit : : 7: 7 bit Reset value: TCS = 0 for path 1 and 2
TTSO ...
TCS ...
Coding and Timeslot Length Not all combinations of the COD and TSL parameters are supported. If the pump is configured to digital modes (V.110, PMOD = 100) PCM coding has to be disabled (COD = 000). If the pump is configured to any of the other modes (fax, datamodem, halfduplex modulations, DTMF or DTMF transmission, PMOD = 001, 010, 011, 101 or 110) either A-law (COD = 001) or -law (PMOD = 010) coding is selected to output an 8-bit PCM value to the IOM-2 interface (TSL = 000). If 16-bit linear values should be provided for a codec, PCM coding is disabled (COD = 000) and timeslot length is 16 (TSL = 010).
Semiconductor Group
168
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.8.2 IOM(R)-2 Configuration Setup - Path 3 (Host ISAR 34)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS 1
15
MSC 1
14
MDS 0
11
1
13
0
12
1
10
1
9
1
8
CTRL MSB
DED
7
TIC
6
CED
5
0
4
0
3 2
TAD
1 0
CTRL LSB
0
DED ...
D-channel enable/disable D-channel access is ... 0: disabled 1: enabled TIC bus enable/disable Access is performed ... 0: without TIC bus 1: with TIC bus C/I-channel enable/disable C/I-channel access is ... 0: disabled 1: enabled TIC bus address The TIC bus address is located in the fourth octet of the third subframe on the IOM-2 DU line. It is used for the TIC-channel access procedure (if TIC=1), enabling the connection of several layer-2 D-channel protocol controllers to the IOM-2 interface.
TIC ...
CED ...
TAD ...
After an IOM-2 configuration setup with D-channel enabled (DED=1), one data request message for buffer 3 will be released by the ISAR 34. Every IOM-2 configuration setup message will reset receive and transmit buffers for the D-channel (datapath 3) even if the specific configuration setting is not changed from a previous configuration (e.g. Dchannel remains enabled DED=1). When the C/I-channel is enabled by configuration setup, a first C/I Code Change message is indicated to the host with the current C/I information. Before enabling the C/ I-channel (configuration setup with CED=1), both C/I codes should be programmed (see chapter 3.6.2.7) to ensure the right values are written to the C/I-channel from the beginning.
Semiconductor Group 169 02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.8.3 IOM(R)-2 Configuration Request (Host ISAR 34)
The current configuration can be read on request by the host. The request is fully specified by the Host Interrupt Status register (HIS), i.e. the control registers and the mailbox are not used for the request command and must be set to 0. Two types of configuration request messages are defined depending on whether the messages is addressed to a specific datapath (path 1, 2 or 3) or general information on IOM-2 configuration is requested: * General Configuration Request:
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS 0
15
MSC 0
14
MDS 1
11
0
13
0
12
0
10
0
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
0
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB * Configuration Request for Specific Channel:
7 6 5 4
0
3
2
1
0
DPS HIS
15 14
MSC 0
13
MDS 0
11
0
12
1
10
1
9
1
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
0
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB DPS ...
0
Datapath selection 01: path 1 10: path 2 11: path 3
Semiconductor Group
170
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.8.4 IOM(R)-2 Configuration Response - General Code (ISAR 34 Host)
This is the repsonse to the General Configuration Request message specified in the previous chapter 3.8.3.
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS IIS 0
15
MSC 0
14
MDS 1
11
1
13
0
12
0
10
0
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
-7
DCL
6
AMO
5
-4
-3
-2
-1
-0
CTRL LSB
0
DCL ...
Data Clock 0: reserved for further use. 1: the bit clock on the IOM-2 interface is twice the datarate. Awake Mode On If this bit is set to '1', the awake mode is active, i.e. the DU line pulled to LOW by the ISAR 34.
AMO ...
Note: Also see chapter chapter 3.8.7 for further information.
Semiconductor Group
171
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.8.5 IOM(R)-2 Configuration Response - Path 1 and 2 (ISAR 34 Host)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS IIS
15 14
MSC 1
13
MDS 0
11
0
12
1
10
1
9
1
8
CTRL MSB
IOM
7
0
6
0
5
0
4 3
COD
2 1
RCV
0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
5
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
0
7
0
6
0
5
TXD
4
RXD
3 2
TSL
1 0
2. Parameter
0
7
0
6 5 4 3
RTSO
2 1 0
3. Parameter
0
7
0
6
0
5
0
4
0
3 2
RCS
1 0
4. Parameter
0
7
0
6 5 4 3
TTSO
2 1 0
5. Parameter DPS ...
0 Datapath selection 01: path 1 10: path 2 IOM-2 data access 0: disabled 1: enabled
0
0
0
0
TCS
IOM ...
Semiconductor Group
172
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description COD ... Selected Coding 000: no PCM coding (16-bit linear data) 001: A-law coding (8-bit data) 010: -law coding (8-bit data) all other codes reserved A-law and -law coding is selected for all modulation related pump modes (fax, datamodem and halfduplex modulation, DTMF and DTMF transmission). For all other modes (V.110 and bypass mode) "no PCM coding" must be selected. If "no PCM coding" is selected for modulation modes, 16-bit linear data is output on the IOM-2 interface. Selected Rate Conversion RCV refers to internal operation of the device and is set depending on the pump mode. 0: disabled (for all other pump modes) 1: enabled (for fax modulations, datamodem modulations, halfduplex modulations and DTMF-transmission) Transmit path switched to 0: DD-line 1: DU-line (reset value) Receive path switched to 0: DD-line (reset value) 1: DU-line Timeslot length for Receive/Transmit path 00x: 8 bit wordlength (reset value) 010: 16 bit wordlength all other codes currently not supported Receive Time Slot Offset to FSC 0: 0 bit 1: 8 bit : : 63: 504 bit Reset value: RTSO = 0 for buffer 1 RTSO = 1 for buffer 2
RCV ...
TXD ...
RXD ...
TSL ...
RTSO ...
Semiconductor Group
173
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description RCS ... Receive Clock Shift 0: 0 bit 1: 1 bit : : 7: 7 bit Reset value: TTSO ... RCS = 0 for buffer 1 and 2
Transmit Time Slot Offset to FSC 0: 0 bit 1: 8 bit : : 63: 504 bit Reset value: TTSO = 0 for buffer 1 TTSO = 1 for buffer 2
TCS ...
Transmit Clock Shift 0: 0 bit 1: 1 bit : : 7: 7 bit Reset value: TCS = 0 for buffer 1 and 2
Semiconductor Group
174
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.8.6 IOM(R)-2 Configuration Response - Path 3 (ISAR 34 Host)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS IIS 1
15
MSC 1
14
MDS 0
11
1
13
0
12
1
10
1
9
1
8
CTRL MSB
DED
7
TIC
6
CED
5
0
4
0
3 2
TAD
1 0
CTRL LSB
0
DED ...
D-channel enable/disable 0: D-channel access is disabled 1: D-channel access is enabled TIC bus enable/disable 0: Access is performed without TIC bus 1: Access is performed with TIC bus C/I-channel enable/disable 0: C/I-channel access is disabled 1: C/I-channel access is enabled TIC bus address Contains the programmed TIC bus address.
TIC ...
CED ...
TAD ...
Semiconductor Group
175
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.8.7 IOM(R)-2 Control Commands - General Code (Host ISAR 34)
The following control commands are not related to a specific datapath but to the IOM-2 interface of the ISAR 34 in general. Two types of command codings are differentiated regarding the interrupt status register coding (HIS) as shown below:
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DPS HIS 0
15
MSC 0
14
MDS 1
11
1
13
0
12
0
10
0
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
ICMD
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB ICMD ... IOM-2 Control Command 20h: 21h:
0
Set Awake Mode ON This command will pull the DU line to LOW. Set Awake Mode OFF This command will reset the DU line to normal functionality.
In an ISDN terminal for example the ISAR 34 can be connected to an S-transceiver (e.g. ISAC-S TE PSB 2186). For the transceiver the IOM-2 interface can be switched off in the inactive state, reducing power consumption to a minimum. In this deactivated state the clock line is low and the data lines are high. For activation the transceiver enables the clock pulses again when the DU line is pulled low by the ISAR 34, i.e. the C/I command TIM = 0000 is received by the layer 1 device (= Set Awake Mode ON).
Semiconductor Group
176
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DPS HIS 0
15
MSC 0
14
MDS 1
11
1
13
0
12
0
10
0
9
1
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
ICMD
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB ICMD ... IOM-2 Control Command
0
00h: Restart ISAR 34 If the IOM clocks are switched off (e.g. S-transceiver is in power down mode or missing clocks due to hardware malfunctions), the ISAR 34 enters a state where all datapaths are disabled. As soon as the clocks are available again, the ISAR 34 is made to leave the inactive state and to check for IOM clocks. So this command is used to complete the power up procedure. After setting 'Awake Mode ON' and 'Awake Mode OFF' (see command above) the host releases the 'Restart ISAR 34' command and the ISAR 34 will enter the normal mode of operation.
Semiconductor Group
177
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.8.8 IOM(R)-2 Control Commands - Path 1 and 2 (Host ISAR 34)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS
15 14
MSC 1
13
MDS 1
11
0
12
0
10
1
9
1
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
ICMD
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB DPS ... Datapath selection 01: path 1 10: path 2 IOM-2 Control Command 00h:
0
ICMD ...
Stop IOM-2 channel All activities on the IOM-2 interface are frozen. In transmit direction all bits are written to "1" on the IOM-2 timeslot and in receive direction all bits received from the IOM-2 timeslot are `1'. Restart IOM-2 channel After IOM-2 activities were stopped (ICMD = 00), data transfer from/to the IOM-2 timeslots is restarted again with the current configuration settings. This command must not be used before the IOM-2 interface is configured. Loop ON Transmit data is looped back to the receiver input. In this case the configuration for the timeslot position of the receiver is without any effect. Additionally, the transmit data itself is written to the programmed transmit timeslot if IOM-2 data access is enabled (IOM=1). If IOM-2 data access is disabled (IOM = 0), transmit data will not be written to the IOM-2 timeslot but only looped back to the receiver input.
01h:
11h:
Semiconductor Group
178
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 10h: Loop OFF The loop of transmit data to the receiver input (activated by ICMD = 11h) is switched off. Regular read/write access to the IOM-2 is performed according to the configuration setting.
Important Note: The control commands "Stop / Restart IOM-2 channel" have a different effect than "IOM2 data access enable / disable" (IOM-bit) in configuration setup. The current configuration setting is not affected by "Stop IOM-2 channel", only transfer of user data between the pump and the IOM-2 timeslots is stopped, which is resumed by the command "Restart IOM-2 channel".
Semiconductor Group
179
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.8.9 IOM(R)-2 Status Events (ISAR 34 Host)
The following status event is not related to a specific datapath but to the IOM-2 interface of the ISAR 34 in general.
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DPS IIS 0
15
MSC 0
14
MDS 1
11
1
13
0
12
0
10
0
9
1
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
IEVT
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB IEVT ... IOM-2 Status Event
0
00h: No IOM-2 Clocks The ISAR 34 indicates that no clocks are provided on the IOM-2 interface. This may be due to the power down mode (e.g. S-transceiver switches off the clocks) or due to malfunctions of the system hardware. By releasing this message, the ISAR 34 enters an inactive state. It ceases to check for IOM clocks and it disables all datapaths, i.e. SART, pump and IOM-2 configuration are reset. However, all user data remains in the buffers and the contents of the receive buffers are sent to the host. This state can be left by the IOM-2 control command 'Restart ISAR 34'.
Semiconductor Group
180
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.9 MONITOR Channel
The functionality of the MONITOR channel handler is available within the datapath 0, so transfer of messages and data is performed via buffer 0. As the structure of these messages is quite different from the other datapaths, MONITOR channel messges are described separately in this chapter. Only buffer related messages are identical for all datapaths and not described here.
3.9.1
Buffer Configuration and Status
The coding for buffer configuration and status messages is described in detail in chapters 3.1 and 3.3. Additionally the following information should be noted: * Transmit Buffer The transmit buffer in datapath 0 is only used for MONITOR channel data. All other messages (host ISAR 34) which are related to datapath 0 are immediately executed and not transferred from the mailbox to the buffer. So a command to clear transmit buffer 0 will only affect MONITOR channel data. * Receive Buffer The receive buffer in datapath 0 is not only used for MONITOR channel data. Besides that also other messages (e.g. messages defined for datapath 0) are transferred via buffer 0.
Semiconductor Group
181
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.9.2 3.9.2.1 MONITOR Channel Configuration MONITOR Channel Configuration Setup (Host ISAR 34)
A configuration setup for MONITOR channel will clear the transmit buffer of datapath 0 but not the receive buffer (see chapters 3.2 and 3.3, Buffer Configuration and Status). After configuration with MONITOR channel enable (MCE=1) a data request for buffer 0 is released to the host to indicate that data can be written to the mailbox.
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS 0
15
MSC 0
14
1
13
1
12
0
11
0
10
0
9
1
8
CTRL MSB
0
7
0
6
0
5
0
4
0
3
0
2
0
1
MCE
0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
NOM
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
7 6 5 4
MAM
3 2 1 0
2. Parameter
7 6 5 4
MRA
3 2 1 0
3. Parameter
0
0
0
SLIN
CSEL
MCE ...
MONITOR channel enable/disable MONITOR channel access is ... 0: disabled 1: enabled Number of valid bytes in the mailbox If no parameters are written to the mailbox (NOM=0), the previous settings are valid. Not all parameters need to be written to the mailbox for configuration setup if the previous seetings of single parameters are valid, e.g. if SLIN and CSEL are still valid, only MAM and MRA with NOM=2 need to be programmed.
NOM ...
Semiconductor Group
182
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description MAM ... MONITOR address mask Every "1" in this byte marks the bit position where a check is done between the first byte of a received MONITOR data frame and the reference address (MRA). The received MONITOR address will additionally be transferred to the host as the first data byte (see chapter 3.9.3.1). MONITOR reference address This is the reference address for the comparison with the first byte of a received MONITOR data frame. The bit positions which are not marked with a "1" in MAM are don't care. Serial line interface switching Defines the switching of TX/RX data on DU/DD lines. 0: Transmit data on DU, Receive data from DD 1: Transmit data on DD, Receive data from DU IOM-2 channel Select Selects one of up to 16 channels on the IOM-2 interface. The MONITOR channel is always the 3rd timeslot in an IOM channel. 0000: channel 0 0001: channel 1 : : 1110: channel 14 1111: channel 15
MRA ...
SLIN ...
CSEL ...
Semiconductor Group
183
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.9.2.2 MONITOR Channel Configuration Request (Host ISAR 34)
The current configuration setting can be requested by the host.
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS 0
15
MSC 0
14
0
13
1
12
0
11
0
10
0
9
1
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
0
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB
0
3.9.2.3
MONITOR Channel Configuration Response (ISAR 34 Host)
The current configuration setting is returned by the ISAR 34 on request. The coding is similar as for the configuration setup message (chapter 3.9.2.1).
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS IIS 0
15
MSC 0
14
1
13
1
12
0
11
0
10
0
9
1
8
CTRL MSB
0
7
0
6
0
5
0
4
0
3
0
2
0
1
MCE
0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
3
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
7 6 5 4
MAM
3 2 1 0
2. Parameter
7 6 5 4
MRA
3 2 1 0
3. Parameter
0
0
0
SLIN
CSEL
Semiconductor Group
184
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.9.3 3.9.3.1 MONITOR Channel Data MONITOR Channel Receive Data (ISAR 34 Host)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS IIS 0
15
MSC 0
14
1
13
1
12
0
11
0
10
0
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7
MED
6
MSD
5
4
3
2
1
0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
NOM
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
7 6
1st databyte of the message
5 4 3 2 1 0
N. Parameter
N-th databyte of the message
A status information is valid if the corresponding bit is set to "1": MED ... MSD ... Message End Detected The end of a MONITOR channel message is detected. Message Start Detected The start of a MONITOR channel message is detected. The MONITOR address byte is provided as the first data byte in the mailbox. Number of Valid Bytes in the Mailbox Indicates the number N of valid data bytes to be read from the mailbox.
NOM ...
The end of a MONITOR message may be detected by the ISAR 34 some time after the last data byte was received and transferred to the host. Therefore, it may occur that the end of a message is indicated in a message without valid data bytes (NOM=0) and the last data byte of that MONITOR message was transferred to the host with the previous receive data message.
Semiconductor Group
185
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.9.3.2 MONITOR Channel Transmit Data (Host ISAR 34)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS 0
15
MSC 0
14
1
13
1
12
0
11
0
10
0
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
0
7
MED
6
MSD
5
0
4
0
3
0
2
0
1
0
0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
NOM
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
7 6
1st databyte of the message
5 4 3 2 1 0
N. Parameter
N-th databyte of the message
A status information is valid if the corresponding bit is set to "1": MED ... Message End The last byte written to the mailbox with this message is the last byte of the MONITOR message. Message Start The first byte written to the mailbox represents the beginning of the MONITOR message and is defined as the MONITOR address byte. Number of Valid Bytes in the Mailbox Indicates the number N of valid data bytes written to the mailbox.
MSD ...
NOM ...
Semiconductor Group
186
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.9.3.3 MONITOR Channel Status Events (ISAR 34 Host)
The following status events are released by the ISAR 34 to indicate certain conditions related to the MONITOR channel.
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS IIS 0
15
MSC 0
14
1
13
1
12
0
11
0
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
MEVT
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB
0
MEVT ...
MONITOR Channel Event Contains one of the following events from the MONITOR channel: 10h: Message Abort The ISAR 34 has detected an abort from the receiver. All messages in the transmit buffer will be deleted. 20h: Message Complete The receiver has acknowledged the MONITOR message.
Semiconductor Group
187
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.10 GPIO (General Purpose I/Os)
There are 9 general purpose I/Os available in ISAR 34 that are free programmable by host messages. They can be configured as: * * * * Input or Output Open Drain or Push Pull Continous or strobed sampling Interrupt masked or unmasked
Semiconductor Group
188
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.10.1 3.10.1.1 GPIO Configuration GPIO Configuration - Output Register Set/Reset (Host ISAR 34)
The output register contains output values for all 9 GPIO pins. If a GPIO pin is configured as input (see below) the corresponding bit is ignored. For all GPIOs that are configured as output, the register reflects the value. After reset, all GPIOs are input. To achieve glitch-free output value after reset, you may write the output register first and then configure the corresponding pin(s) as output. The previously programmed value will then be output to the line. The GPIOs can be set or reset or left unaffected with the following command.
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS 0
15
MSC 0
14
1
13
0
12
1
11
0
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
0
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
4
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
7 6 5 4
R(7:0)
3 2 1 0
2. Parameter
0
7
0
6
0
5
0
4
0
3
0
2
0
1
R8
0
3. Parameter
7 6 5 4
S(7:0)
3 2 1 0
4. Parameter
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
S8
R(8:0) ...
Reset GPIO 0: The corresponding GPIO is unaffected 1: The corresponding GPIO is reset to 0
Semiconductor Group
189
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description S(8:0) ... Set GPIO 0: The corresponding GPIO is unaffected 1: The corresponding GPIO is set to 1
Setting and resetting a GPIO in one command must be avoided. The reset value of the output register is 0.
Semiconductor Group
190
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.10.1.2 GPIO Configuration - Direction (Host ISAR 34)
The GPIO direction can be set to input or output or left unaffected with the following command.
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS 0
15
MSC 0
14
1
13
0
12
1
11
0
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
10h
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
4
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
7 6 5 4
IN(7:0)
3 2 1 0
2. Parameter
0
7
0
6
0
5
0
4
0
3
0
2
0
1
IN8
0
3. Parameter
7 6 5
OUT(7:0)
4 3 2 1 0
4. Parameter
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
OUT8
IN(8:0) ...
Set GPIO to input 0: The corresponding GPIO is unaffected 1: The corresponding GPIO is set to input (reset) Set GPIO to output 0: The corresponding GPIO is unaffected 1: The corresponding GPIO is set to output
OUT(8:0) ...
Setting a GPIO to input and output in one command must be avoided. The reset value of the direction register is input.
Semiconductor Group
191
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.10.1.3 GPIO Configuration - Open Drain Select (Host ISAR 34)
The GPIO pins can be set to open drain or push/pull or left unaffected with the following command.
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS 0
15
MSC 0
14
1
13
0
12
1
11
0
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
20h
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
4
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
7 6 5
OD(7:0)
4 3 2 1 0
2. Parameter
0
7
0
6
0
5
0
4
0
3
0
2
0
1
OD8
0
3. Parameter
7 6 5
PP(7:0)
4 3 2 1 0
4. Parameter
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PP8
OD(8:0) ...
Set GPIO to open drain 0: The corresponding GPIO is unaffected 1: internal pullup enabled, GPIO outputs are open drain (reset) Set GPIO to output 0: The corresponding GPIO is unaffected 1: internal pullup disabled, GPIO outputs are push/pull
PP(8:0) ...
Setting a GPIO to open drain and push/pull in one command must be avoided. The reset value of the GPIOs is open drain. When open drain is selected the internal pullup is enabled even if the GPIO is configured as input.
Semiconductor Group
192
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.10.1.4 GPIO Configuration - Strobed Input (Host ISAR 34)
The read values of the GPIO pins can be sampled continously (default) or in strobed mode. In the latter case pin 0 must be input and provides the strobe signal. For all other pins strobed mode can be individually enabled. If enabled, the pins are only sampled during pin 0 is low. State changes are ignored during pin 0 is high. The strobed input mode can be set or reset or left unaffected with the following command.
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS 0
15
MSC 0
14
1
13
0
12
1
11
0
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
30h
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
4
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
7 6 5 4
C(7:0)
3 2 1 0
2. Parameter
0
7
0
6
0
5
0
4
0
3
0
2
0
1
C8
0
3. Parameter
7 6 5 4
S(7:0)
3 2 1 0
4. Parameter
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
S8
C(0) ...
Enable continous sampling 0: The corresponding GPIO is unaffected 1: Continous sampling is enabled (reset) Set GPIO to continous sampling 0: The corresponding GPIO is unaffected 1: The corresponding GPIO is continously sampled (reset)
C(8:1) ...
Semiconductor Group
193
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description S(0) ... Enable strobed mode sampling 0: The corresponding GPIO is unaffected 1: Strobed mode sampling is enabled Set GPIO to strobed mode sampling 0: The corresponding GPIO is unaffected 1: The corresponding GPIO is sampled in strobed mode if strobed mode is enabled (S(0)=1)
S(8:1) ...
Setting a GPIO to continous and strobed sampling in one command must be avoided. The reset value of the GPIOs is continous sampling.
Semiconductor Group
194
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.10.1.5 GPIO Configuration - Interrupt Mask (Host ISAR 34)
This command configures the general purpose pins which will send an event automatically when a state change is detected. When the interrupt mask is enabled for more than one pin, the host has to figure out which pin caused the event by comparing the new read status with the last one. The GPIO interrupts can be masked or unmasked or left unaffected with the following command.
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS 0
15
MSC 0
14
1
13
0
12
1
11
0
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
40h
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
4
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
7 6 5
RM(7:0)
4 3 2 1 0
2. Parameter
0
7
0
6
0
5
0
4
0
3
0
2
0
1
RM8
0
3. Parameter
7 6 5
SM(7:0)
4 3 2 1 0
4. Parameter
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
SM8
RM(8:0) ...
Reset GPIO interrupt mask 0: The corresponding GPIO is unaffected 1: GPIO interrupt mask is enabled, interrupt is disabled (reset) Set GPIO interrupt mask 0: The corresponding GPIO is unaffected 1: GPIO interrupt mask is disabled, interrupt is enabled
SM(8:0) ...
Setting and resetting a GPIO interrupt mask in one command must be avoided.
Semiconductor Group 195 02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description The reset value of the GPIO interrupts masks is 0 (interrupts disabled).
Semiconductor Group
196
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.10.2 3.10.2.1 GPIO Status GPIO Status Request (Host ISAR 34)
The host requests the GPIO status. The real status at the output pin is returned, independent of whether the pin is configured as input or output. When an output pin is configured as open drain, the status value may be different from the output value ("wired AND").
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS 0
15
MSC 0
14
0
13
0
12
1
11
0
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
0
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB
0
Semiconductor Group
197
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.10.2.2 GPIO Status Event/Response (ISAR 34 Host)
The GPIO status may be an event or a response, depending on configuration. When the interrupt of a general purpose pin is enabled (IMx=1) and the corresponding status changes, the new status of all 9 pins is reported to the host as a Status Event. Independent of that the host may send a Status Request (see above). As a consequence the ISAR 34 will report the current status as a Status Response.
Note: GPIO pins are sampled on a 10 msec basis. Thus, the maximum switching frequency on a GPIO should be less than 50 Hz (maximum observable switching frequency).
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS IIS 0
15
MSC 0
14
1
13
0
12
1
11
0
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
0
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
2
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
7 6 5
ST(7:0)
4 3 2 1 0
2. Parameter
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
ST8
ST(8:0) ... x ...
Reflects the current status of the general purpose pin. Don't care, maybe 1 or 0.
Semiconductor Group
198
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.11 Test/Diagnostics Path
The test/diagnostics path is used for test and diagnostics, general configuration and control (not related to a specific data path) and as an answer channel for certain status/ configuration requests to the data channels.
3.11.1
Timer Interrupt On/Off(Host ISAR 34)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS 0
15
MSC 0
14
1
13
0
12
0
11
1
10
0
9
1
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
CMD
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB CMD ...
0 Command for general configuration 20h: Timer interrupt off 21h: Timer interrupt on If enabled, a 10 ms timer interrupt is generated to the host. This can be used for certain driver software implementations that require hardware interrupts. As this is normally used in applications with data modulations, the interrupt request message is coded as a message related to buffer 1 (see chapter 3.11.2), however, it can be used for purposes within other buffers, too. Using the timer interrupt increases the message load between the ISAR 34 and the host significantly.
Semiconductor Group
199
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.11.2 Timer Interrupt Event (ISAR 34 Host)
The "Timer Interrupt Event" message is generated once per 10 ms if enabled by the "General Configuration" message in chapter 3.11.1.
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS IIS 0
15
MSC 1
14
1
13
0
12
1
11
0
10
1
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
0
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
2
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
15 14 13 12
EVTL
11 10 9 8
2. Parameter
-
-
-
-
-
EVTH
EVT ...
Timer Interrupt Event (EVTH, EVTL) 002h: 10 ms timer interrupt Depending on the selected mode other pump mode specific events may be released to the host.
Semiconductor Group
200
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.11.3 Chip Version Request (Host ISAR 34)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
The host can request the version number of the chip by the following request message.
DPS MSC
HIS
0
15
0
14
1
13
0
12
0
11
1
10
0
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
0
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB
0 Chip Version Response (ISAR 34 Host)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
3.11.4
The ISAR 34 returns the version number of the chip if requested by the host. DPS IIS 0
15
MSC 0
14
1
13
0
12
0
11
1
10
0
9
1
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
0
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
2
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
15 14 13 12
CVNL
11 10 9 8
2. Parameter CVN ... Chip Version Number (CVNH, CVNL)
CVNH
0101h: ISAR 34 Version 2.1 all other codes currently not supported. Important Note: The chip version request and response messages are only valid after a hardware reset. These messages must not be used after the firmware download.
Semiconductor Group 201 02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.11.5 Software Version Request (Host ISAR 34)
The host can request the version number of the DSP software by the following request message.
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS
MSC
HIS
0
15
0
14
0
13
0
12
0
11
1
10
0
9
1
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
10h
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB
0 Software Version Response (ISAR 34 Host)
3.11.6
The ISAR 34 returns the version number of the DSP software if requested by the host.
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS IIS 0
15
MSC 0
14
1
13
0
12
0
11
1
10
0
9
1
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
10h
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
2
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter
7 6 5 4
SVNL
3 2 1 0
2. Parameter SVN ...
SVNH Software Version Number (SVNH, SVNL) Contains the version number of the DSP software on the device: 0101h: Version 1.01 all other codes currently not supported.
Semiconductor Group
202
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.11.7 Request Selftest Result (ISAR 34 Host)
After download of the DSP program the ISAR 34 automatically performs a selftest, which will check for memory errors or missing IOM-2 clocks. The result of the selftest can be requested by the host and possible error conditions are contained in the "Selftest Response" message (see chapter 3.11.8).
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS IIS 0
15
MSC 0
14
0
13
0
12
0
11
1
10
0
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
40h
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB
0
3.11.8
Selftest Response (ISAR 34 Host)
The selftest result requested by the host (see chapter 3.11.7) will result in a response message containing information about possible error conditions.
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS IIS 0
15
MSC 0
14
1
13
0
12
0
11
1
10
0
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
40h
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB
7 6 5 4
1
3 2 1 0
1. Parameter PRO ... DRO ... PRR ... MB1 ...
0 Program ROM error Data ROM error Program RAM error
0
PRO
DRO
PRR
MB1
MB0
PLL
Internal memory error (bank 1)
203 02.98
Semiconductor Group
PSB 7115
Operational Description MB0 ... PLL ... Internal memory error (bank 0) PLL initialization error
3.11.9
Soft Reset (Host ISAR 34)
The soft reset has a similar function as the hardware reset or power on reset. All configuration settings are reset and the buffers are cleared.
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS HIS 0
15
MSC 0
14
1
13
0
12
1
11
0
10
0
9
0
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
RCMD
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB RCMD ... Reset Command 40h: 41h:
0
Soft reset, if DCL=0 (currently not supported) Soft reset, if DCL=1
The command coding for the soft reset depends on the setting of the DCL parameter which can be read by a general IOM-2 configuration request message (see chapter 3.8.3). The value of DCL is returned by the corresponding IOM-2 configuration response message (see chapter 3.8.4). The ISAR 34 currently supports DCL=1 and RCMD=41h.
Semiconductor Group
204
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.11.10 Invalid Message Received (ISAR 34 Host)
If the host issues a message to the ISAR 34 with an HIS coding that is not specified, the ISAR 34 will respond with the following error message to indicate that an invalid message coding was detected.
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DPS IIS 0
15
MSC 0
14
1
13
1
12
1
11
1
10
1
9
1
8
CTRL MSB
7 6 5 4
INV
3 2 1 0
CTRL LSB INV ...
0 Invalid HIS coding Contains the invalid HIS register coding of the message which was released by the host.
Semiconductor Group
205
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.12 DSP Program Download
In the ISAR 34 PSB 7115 V2.1 the DSP program is downloaded through the host interface into the external memory. The binary file that includes the DSP program is provided together with the device. The data structure within the file is shown in figure 45.
File - Header Block - Header 1
Data Block 1
Block - Header 2
Data Block 2
Block - Header 3
Data Block 3
7115_4
Figure 45 Binary File Structure The file is devided into a file header and a number of individual data blocks, each of which is preceeded by a block header. The file header contains general information such like file type identifier and version number. One data field contains the pointer BLOCK_PTR to the first block header (figure 46). The block header defines the type of data contained in the subsequent data block, which implies the host to perform a certain action (e.g. read/write data from/to the ISAR 34, compare received message with given data, ... ). The data block contains the detailed information that is required by the host to perform that action. This includes complete message codings, data which transferred to the ISAR 34 and message codings for comparison of received messages. If the current data block is finished, a pointer (NEXT_PTR) indicates to the start of the next block header. For certain types of data blocks a decision is made by the host so one of two pointers
Semiconductor Group 206 02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description (TRUE_PTR or FALSE_PTR) is finally selected. If a timeout condition is specified for a data block the next valid block in case of a time out condition is indicated by TIMEOUT_PTR. All pointers are specified with respect to the beginning of the file.
BLOCK_PTR File - Header File - Header
Block - Header 1 NEXT_PTR Data Block 1 TRUE_PTR FALSE_PTR TIMEOUT_PTR Data Block N Block - Header 2 NEXT_PTR Data Block 2 Block - Header N+1
Data Block N+1
Block - Header 3
Block - Header N+3 Data Block N+3
Block - Header X
7115_46
Data Block X
Figure 46 Pointer on Data Structures The following chapters show all details for the complete download mechanism. First the structure of the file header and the main routine for the program download is described. Then follows the different types of block headers and how block headers must be be handled in general. The different block types are covered in separate chapters with flow charts that show how the host has to process the block data.
Semiconductor Group
207
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.12.1 Structure of File Header
The structure and contents of the file header are shown in table 14. Certain fields of data must be checked by the host. These are the file identification number (FILE_ID), the product identification number (PRODUCT_ID) which must be within the given range and the block pointer (BLOCK_PTR) that indicates the beginning of the first block header. Other data fields contain optional information that can be neglected such like the version number (VERSION_NO), the name of the device (PRODUCT_NAME), the manufacturer identification (MANUFCT_ID), the header extension pointer (HEAD_EXT_PTR) and the timestamp of the file in PC format (TIMESTAMP). Table 13 Offset 0 16 32 48 112 116 120 124 Structure of File Header Type byte [16] byte [16] byte [16] byte [64] dword [1] dword [1] dword [1] dword [1] Field FILE_ID VERSION_NO PRODUCT_NAME MANUFCT_ID PRODUCT_ID HEAD_EXT_PTR TIMESTAMP BLOCK_PTR Contents "ZNELEKRE HCIRLU\00" "Version 01.00 \00" "ISAR 34, V2.1 \00" "Copyright 1997, Siemens AG \00" 00000010H ... 00000015H 00000000H
Note: The offset of the individual data fields is indicated in bytes and decimal notation. The sequence of bytes for the field types "word" and "dword" within the binary file is least significant byte first. A blank space in the column "Contents" is marked by an underscore " ". If the maximum length of the field is not used, the string is terminated by a zero byte (\00).
As already mentioned in the previous chapter, the parameter BLOCK_PTR points to the beginning of the first block header with respect to the beginning of the file.
Semiconductor Group
208
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Download Start
No System board intialisation successful? Abort
Yes Open file and read File Header
No FILE_ID correct ? Abort
Yes
The parameter PRODUCT_ID must be a value in the given range.
No PRODUCT_ID correct ( = 10h ... 15h) ? Abort
Yes Block Header Process
No Download successful ? Yes Download Done Abort
7115_62.A
Figure 47 Download Process
Semiconductor Group
209
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.12.2 Structure of Block Header
The structure and contents of the block header are shown in table 14. The block header is directly followed by the data block. The type of data contained in there is specified in the first data field BLOCK_TYPE of the block header. All BLOCK_TYPE codings for this version are listed in table 15 and described in detail in the following chapters. If the host reads a BLOCK_TYPE parameter which is not described in this specification, the data block should be ignored and the next block header pointed to by UNKNOWN_PTR should be read. Table 14 Offset 0 4 Structure of Block Header Type dword [1] dword [1] Field BLOCK_TYPE UNKNOWN_PTR Contents (see table 15)
The following types of data blocks must be evaluated by the host. All other codings are reserved and should be ignored (see UNKNOWN_PTR). Table 15 Types of Data Blocks Function Jump to a specific block. Write message to the ISAR 34. Wait for next message from the ISAR 34. Wait for a specific message from the ISAR 34. Compare the last received message with given message coding. Set coding information. Set status information. Write internal data memory. Write internal program memory. Write external data memory. Write external program memory.
BLOCK_TYPE 00000001H 00000002H 00000003H 00000004H 00000005H 00000006H 00000007H 00000020H 00000021H 00000030H 00000031H
Semiconductor Group
210
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Block Header Process Start
Read Block Header
No
Is BLOCK_TYPE known ?
Ignore this block Yes Execute Data Block process Set new pointer according X_PTR
Set next block pointer X_PTR=UNKNOWN_PTR
Pointer for next block position X_PTR = 0 ? Yes Block Header Process Done
No
7115_62.A
Figure 48 Block Header Process The pointer for the next block position (XXXX_PTR) is determined depending on the type of the current data block. The new pointer can be defined as NEXT_PTR, TRUE_PTR, FALSE_PTR or TIMEOUT_PTR.
Semiconductor Group
211
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.12.3 Structure of Data Blocks
The data blocks directly follow the block header. The type of data block is indicated by the BLOCK_TYPE parameter in the block header. The length of a data block can be fixed or variable, in the latter case a criteria is given in the specific data block for the block end. The structure and contents of the individual data blocks are described in the following chapters. A detailed description on how the host should treat each block is shown in a flow chart diagram. If the host is told to read or write a message from/to the ISAR 34 the general mechanisms for message transfer should be used as during normal operation mode (see chapter 3.1).
3.12.3.1
Jump to Block
This data structure contains a single parameter. The host is told to jump to the next data block which is indicated by the pointer NEXT_PTR. Table 16 Offset 0 Block Structure - BLOCK_TYPE = 1H Type dword [1] Field NEXT_PTR
Data Block Process (BLOCK_TYPE= 1h) Start
Read data block
Set next block pointer = NEXT_PTR
Data Block Process (BLOCK_TYPE= 1h) Done
7115_62.A
Figure 49 Data Block Process - Jump to Block
Semiconductor Group
212
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.12.3.2 Write Message
This data block tells the host to write a message to the ISAR 34. The complete message coding is given in the data block. The coding for each of the message parameters is given in 16-bit words, however the MSB is don't care and only the LSB is valid and written to the ISAR 34. The number of bytes (length of parameter MBOX) which are written to the ISAR 34 mailbox are indicated by the parameter CTRL_LSB, so the length of the complete data block is not fixed but depends on the length of the MBOX field. If the message is successfully written to the ISAR 34, the host jumps to the next block indicated by NEXT_PTR. If the mailbox is not released by the ISAR 34 within a specified time (parameter TIMEOUT) the host proceeds with the next block indicated by TIMEOUT_PTR. Both parameters are not given in this data block, but they are global variables (see chapter 3.12.3.6).
Table 17 Offset 0 4 6 8 10
Block Structure - BLOCK_TYPE = 2H Type dword [1] word [1] word [1] word [1] word [n] Field NEXT_PTR HIS CTRL_MSB CTRL_LSB MBOX
Note: For the data fields HIS, CTRL_MSB, CTRL_LSB and MBOX only the LSB values are evaluated. The MSBs are don't care. The length of the MBOX field n is determined by CTRL_LSB.
Semiconductor Group
213
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Data Block Process (BLOCK_TYPE= 2h) Start
Read data block
No No TIMEOUT expired ? ISAR 34 mailbox free (HIA = 0) ?
Yes
Yes Write message to the ISAR 34
Set next block pointer = TIMEOUT_PTR
Set next block pointer = NEXT_PTR
Data Block Process (BLOCK_TYPE= 2h) Done
7115_62.A
Figure 50 Data Block Process - Write Message
Semiconductor Group
214
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.12.3.3 Wait for Next Message
The next message that is received from the ISAR 34 is evaluated by the host. If this message is identical to the message coding given in the data block, then the host jumps to the block indicated by TRUE_PTR. If the message coding is different, the next block to be processed by the host is indicated by FALS_PTR. In case this message is not received within a specified time (parameter TIMEOUT) the host proceeds with the next block indicated by TIMEOUT_PTR. Both parameters are not given in this data block, but they are global variables (see chapter 3.12.3.6).
Table 18 Offset 0 4 8 10 12 14
Block Structure - BLOCK_TYPE = 3H Type dword [1] dword [1] word [1] word [1] word [1] word [n] Field TRUE_PTR FALSE_PTR IIS CTRL_MSB CTRL_LSB MBOX
Note: For the data fields IIS, CTRL_MSB, CTRL_LSB and MBOX only the LSB values are evaluated. The MSBs are don't care. The length of the MBOX field n is determined by CTRL_LSB.
Received messages must always be stored by the host (see chapter 3.12.3.5).
Semiconductor Group
215
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Data Block Process (BLOCK_TYPE= 3h) Start
Read data block
No No TIMEOUT expired ? New message received from ISAR 34 ? Yes The reference message is contained in the data block. No Identical to reference message ?
Yes
Yes Set next block pointer = TIMEOUT_PTR Set next block pointer = TRUE_PTR Set next block pointer = FALSE_PTR
Data Block Process (BLOCK_TYPE= 3h) Done
7115_62.A
Figure 51 Data Block Process - Wait for Next Message
Semiconductor Group
216
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.12.3.4 Wait for Specific Message
The host compares all messages received from the ISAR 34 with the message coding given in the data block. If the required message is received, the host proceeds with the next block indicated by TRUE_PTR. All other messages are discarded. If this message is not received within a specified time (parameter TIMEOUT) the host proceeds with the next block indicated by TIMEOUT_PTR. Both parameters are not given in this data block, but they are global variables (see chapter 3.12.3.6).
Table 19 Offset 0 4 6 8 10
Block Structure - BLOCK_TYPE = 4H Type dword [1] word [1] word [1] word [1] word [n] Field TRUE_PTR IIS CTRL_MSB CTRL_LSB MBOX
Note: For the data fields IIS, CTRL_MSB, CTRL_LSB and MBOX only the LSB values are evaluated. The MSBs are don't care. The length of the MBOX field n is determined by CTRL_LSB.
Received messages must always be stored by the host (see chapter 3.12.3.5).
Semiconductor Group
217
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Data Block Process (BLOCK_TYPE= 4h) Start
Read data block
No No TIMEOUT expired ? New message received from ISAR 34 ? Yes
Yes
No Identical to reference message ? The reference message is contained in the data block.
Yes Set next block pointer = TIMEOUT_PTR Set next block pointer = TRUE_PTR
Data Block Process (BLOCK_TYPE= 4h) Done
7115_62.A
Figure 52 Data Block Process - Wait for Specific Message
Semiconductor Group
218
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.12.3.5 Compare Last Message
Generally, during the download procedure the host always has to store the last message received from the ISAR 34. A new message will always overwrite the previous one. In contrast to the last two chapters where the host waits for new messages, here the host compares the last message received from the ISAR 34 with the given message coding in the data block. If this message is identical to the given message coding the host jumps to the block indicated by TRUE_PTR. If the message coding is different, the next block to be processed by the host is indicated by FALS_PTR.
Table 20 Offset 0 4 8 10 12 14
Block Structure - BLOCK_TYPE = 5H Type dword [1] dword [1] word [1] word [1] word [1] word [n] Field TRUE_PTR FALSE_PTR IIS CTRL_MSB CTRL_LSB MBOX
Note: For the data fields IIS, CTRL_MSB, CTRL_LSB and MBOX only the LSB values are evaluated. The MSBs are don't care. The length of the MBOX field n is determined by CTRL_LSB.
To store messages from the ISAR 34 the host should be prepared to store up to 256 byte of data from the mailbox (MBOX).
Semiconductor Group
219
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Data Block Process (BLOCK_TYPE= 5h) Start
Read data block
No
Last message from ISAR 34 identical to reference message ? Yes
The last ISAR 34 message is stored in the host memory area, the reference message is contained in the data block.
Set next block pointer = FALSE_PTR
Set next block pointer = TRUE_PTR
Data Block Process (BLOCK_TYPE= 5h) Done
7115_62.A
Figure 53 Data Block Process - Compare Last Message
Semiconductor Group
220
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.12.3.6 Set Coding Information
During the download procedures four global variables (TIMEOUT_PTR, TIMEOUT, HIS and CTRL_MSB) are used for some of the data blocks. If a parameter (e.g. HIS or CTRL_MSB) is not specified as a local variable in a specific data block, the parameter setting from the global variable is to be used. These global variables are initialized by the host when the procedures are started and they are modified when this data block occurs. The global variables are used by the data blocks BLOCK_TYPE = 20H, 21H, 30H and 31H. Some data blocks make use of a timer. The timeout value is specified in milliseconds [ms] by TIMEOUT. If a timeout condition occurs the host jumps to the next data block indicated by TIMEOUT_PTR. After the four variables are set the host jumps to the next block indicated by NEXT_PTR. Table 21 Offset 0 4 8 12 14 Block Structure - BLOCK_TYPE = 6H Type dword [1] dword [1] dword [1] word [1] word [1] Field NEXT_PTR TIMEOUT_PTR TIMEOUT HIS CTRL_MSB 0 0400H (= 1024 ms) 0 0 Initial value:
Data Block Process (BLOCK_TYPE= 6h) Start
Read data block
Store TIMEOUT_PTR TIMEOUT HIS CTRL_MSB
Set next block pointer = NEXT_PTR
Data Block Process (BLOCK_TYPE= 6h) Done
7115_62.A
Figure 54 Data Block Process - Set Coding Information
Semiconductor Group 221 02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.12.3.7 Set Status Information
A status flag is used to indicate whether the complete download procedure succeeded or failed. This flag is not required for the download mechanism itself but it is used as an indication to the host. The host implements a variable STATUS that is intialized with the value = FFFFH and modified with every "Set Status Information" block. When this block occurs the status flag must be set by the host according to the parameter STATUS of the data block. After that the host jumps to the next block indicated by NEXT_PTR.
Table 22 Offset 0 4
Block Structure - BLOCK_TYPE = 7H Type dword [1] word [1] Field NEXT_PTR STATUS
Since the flag can be modified several times during the download the host must not evaluate it until the end of the download file is reached, i.e. the final information whether the download is successful or not is only valid after the download procedures are finished. The STATUS flag indicates that the DSP program download was ... STATUS = 0: STATUS 0: ... successful ... not successful
Data Block Process (BLOCK_TYPE= 7h) Start
Read data block
Store global variable STATUS
Set next block pointer = NEXT_PTR
Data Block Process (BLOCK_TYPE= 7h) Done
7115_62.A
Figure 55 Data Block Process - Set Status Information
Semiconductor Group 222 02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.12.3.8 Write to Memory
The host writes data to the memory of the ISAR 34. Four different block types are distinguished relating to the target memory to which data is downloaded, however the structure of the data blocks is identical and the download mechanism is rather similar.
Table 23
Types of Memory Write Data Blocks Function Write internal data memory. Write internal program memory. Write external data memory. Write external program memory.
BLOCK_TYPE 00000020H 00000021H 00000030H 00000031H
The host writes a message to the ISAR 34 that contains the code for program or data memory. The mechnism to write a message is shown in detail in the flow charts. The parameters like START_ADDR and LENGTH, as well as the code data (MBOX) itself is contained in the data block. If the write message is acknowledged by the ISAR 34, the host jumps to the next data block indicated by TRUE_PTR. If a different message than acknowledge is received, the next valid block is indicated by FALSE_PTR. If a timeout condition occurs (parameter TIMEOUT) the host proceeds with the next block indicated by TIMEOUT_PTR. Both parameters are not given in this data block, but they are global variables (see chapter 3.12.3.6).
Table 24 Offset 0 4 8 12 16
Block Structure - BLOCK_TYPE = 20H, 21H, 30H, 31H Type dword [1] dword [1] dword [1] dword [1] word [n] Field TRUE_PTR FALSE_PTR START_ADDR LENGTH DATA
Note: The length of the DATA field n is determined by LENGTH.
Semiconductor Group
223
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description
Data Block Process (BLOCK_TYPE= 20h, 21h, 30h or 31h) Start
Read data block
Initialize local variables LEN = LENGTH ADDR = START_ADDR NUMWORDS = 7Ch
The local variables LEN, ADDR and NUMWORDS are only valid and used during this block process. The parameters LENGTH and START_ADDR are contained in the data block.
LEN = 0 ?
Yes
No No No TIMEOUT expired ? ISAR 34 mailbox free (HIA = 0) ?
Set next block pointer = TRUE_PTR
Data Block Process Done
Yes Set next block pointer = TIMEOUT_PTR
Yes
LEN < NUMWORDS ?
Yes
Data Block Process Done
No
Set NUMWORDS = LEN
0020h or 0021h BLOCK_TYPE ?
0030h or 0031h
Write message to ISAR 34: HIS (global variable) CTRL_MSB (global variable) CTRL_LSB = 2 x NUMWORDS + 3 mbox[0] = b8-b15 of ADDR mbox[1] = b0-b7 of ADDR mbox[2] = NUMWORDS mbox[3] = MSB of data 1 mbox[4] = LSB of data1 mbox[5] = MSB of data 2 : : (Note: b16-b31 of ADDR not used)
Write message to ISAR 34: HIS (global variable) CTRL_MSB (global variable) CTRL_LSB = 2 x NUMWORDS + 4 mbox[0] = b0-b7 of ADDR mbox[1] = b8-b15 of ADDR mbox[2] = b16-b23 of ADDR mbox[3] = b24-b31 of ADDR mbox[4] = LSB of data1 mbox[5] = MSB of data 1 mbox[6] = LSB of data 2 : :
Set LEN = LEN - NUMWORDS ADDR = ADDR + NUMWORDS
No New message received from ISAR 34 ? Yes No TIMEOUT expired ?
Yes Set next block pointer = TIMEOUT_PTR
No
Set next block pointer = FALSE_PTR
Received message from ISAR 34 is acknowledge (IIS = HIS + 1) ?
Data Block Process Done
Yes Data Block Process Done
7115_62.A
Figure 56 Data Block Process - Write to Memory
Semiconductor Group 224 02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.13 Fax Class 1 Implementation
This chapter gives more details on the implementation of fax group 3 on the ISAR 34 PSB 7115. It is expected that the controlling protocol residing on the host is either an implementation of the Service Class 1 Command Set (EIA/TIA-578) or ITU-T T.30. It must be noted that for pump mode "Fax Modulations", the SART unit is not to be configured as described in chapter 3.4 SART Configuration. Transmission and reception of HDLC framed and binary data is only controlled by pump control commands (see chapter 3.6.2.1) and pump status events (see chapter 3.7.3.1), i.e. the SART must not be reconfigured to HDLC or binary mode. However, data is transferred by use of SART data messages together with framing dependent control commands and status events (see chapters 3.5.1 and 3.5.2 SART Data). Fax Pump Control * Pump control commands * Pump status events Fax Data Transfer * SART control commands - along with transmit data Host ISAR 34 * SART status events - along with receive data ISAR 34 Host 3.5.2 3.5.1 Host ISAR 34 ISAR 34 Host 3.6.2.1 3.7.3.1
For configuration of the whole data path, first the buffer should be configured and then the pump and the IOM-2 interface. Configuration of SART and pump to the required framing and modulation scheme (e.g. HDLC framing and 300 bit/s /V.21Ch2) is set by single pump control commands as mentioned above. Further configuration data (modulation and silence duration) is passed by additional parameters to the pump control commands.
Semiconductor Group
225
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.13.1 CMD_FTH Summary of ISAR 34 Fax Control Commands Starts transmission of HDLC frames. The SART is set to HDLC mode and the pump is set to modulation mode. The additional parameter contains the datarate of the pump modulation mode (V.21Ch2) at which data is to be transmitted. Starts reception of HDLC frames. The SART is set to HDLC mode and the pump is set to modulation mode. The additional parameter contains the datarate of the pump modulation mode (V.21Ch2) at which data is to be received. Starts transmission of binary data. The SART is set to binary mode and the pump is set to modulation mode.The additional parameter contains the datarate of the pump modulation mode (V.17, V.29, V.27ter) at which data is to be transmitted. Starts reception of binary data. The SART is set to binary mode and the pump is set to modulation mode.The additional parameter contains the datarate of the pump modulation mode (V.17, V.29, V.27ter) at which data is to be received. Starts to wait a determined length of time. The additional parameter contains the silence duration which is to be waited. It is not mandatory and can be omitted , if the previous setting of this parameter is still valid. Handshake message from the host to indicate that the host is ready to do the task (transmit/receive) which it selected before. This command is a regular escape in receive modes and a break in transmit modes.
CMD_FRH
CMD_FTM
CMD_FRM
CMD_SIL_DET_ON
CMD_CONTINUE CMD_ESCAPE
CMD_SIL_DET_OFF Break of silence detection. CMD_HALT Shut down from fax pump idle state.
Semiconductor Group
226
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.13.2 Summary of ISAR 34 Fax Status Events Response to CMD_ANSWER and CMD_ORIGINATE Response to CMD_FTH in order to indicate that the modulation has been established. Response to CMD_FTM in order to indicate that the modulation has been established. Response to CMD_FRH in order to indicate that the modulation has been established. Response to CMD_FRM in order to indicate that the modulation has been established. Indication that the fax pump is ready to receive or transmit data. Indication that the fax pump has turned off modulation after transmitting all pending data / after the host issues the command CMD_ESCAPE Indication that the fax pump has detected a "wrong" modulation before it releases the event RSP_CONNECT. Indication that the prior selected duration of silence time has occured Indication that the fax pump has detected flags.
RSP_READY LINE_TX_HDLC LINE_TX_BINARY LINE_RX_HDLC LINE_RX_BINARY RSP_CONNECT RSP_DISC
RSP_FCERROR RSP_SIL_DET FLAGS_DETECT
Semiconductor Group
227
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.13.3 Procedure Termination
In response to control commands generated by the host, the fax pump invokes various procedures. Another procedure cannot be invoked until the previous procedure has been terminated. Procedure termination may either be indicated by the fax pump or commanded by the host. The table below shows the termination indications and commands for each of the procedures. Table 25 Prodedure Fax Class 1 - Procedure Termination Indication of Procedure Termination (ISAR 34 Host) RSP_READY RSP_READY RSP_DISC RSP_FCERROR RSP_DISC RSP_FCERROR RSP_SIL_DET Command for Procedure Termination (Host ISAR 34) CMD_ESCAPE CMD_ESCAPE CMD_ESCAPE CMD_ESCAPE CMD_ESCAPE CMD_ESCAPE RSP_SIL_DET_OFF
Start as Originator Start as Answerer HDLC Transmit HDLC Receive Binary Transmit Binary Receive Wait for Silence
When no procedure is currently active, the fax pump is in an idle state. During the idle state, the command CMD_ESCAPE will be ignored by the fax pump, however, the host may issue the command CMD_HALT to shut down the fax pump. This is normally done when a fax session has ended and the telephone connection is released.
Semiconductor Group
228
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.13.4 Fax Pump Startup Procedure
The host configures the fax pump either as originator or answerer when a physical connection has been established. After initialisation, the fax pump responds with RSP_READY, indicating, that it is ready for the next procedure. At this point the host must issue either a command CMD_FRH or CMD_FTH depending upon if the host is answering or originating a facsimile connection. The interaction of the host and the faxpump is as shown in the flow charts for transmission and reception of HDLC and binary data.
ATA or ATD
Establish physical connection, Configure pump to Fax Originator/Answerer
No
Event RSP_READY ?
No
Abort character from DTE ?
Yes Proceed as with "AT+FTH=3" IF ANSWERER, or "AT+FRH=3" IF ORIGINATOR
Yes
Generate Command CMD_HALT
Teardown physical connection
Issue "OK"
7115_51
Done
Figure 57 Fax Class 1 - Startup Procedure
Semiconductor Group
229
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.13.5 HDLC Transmission
A host can control HDLC frame transmission during a fax group 3 session by issuing the command CMD_FTH to the fax pump. HDLC transmission is specified by the T.30 procedure during the exchange of control information. Some applications may alternatively implement HDLC framing directly, they would then use binary transmission for the transmission of their HDLC bit stream.
,
AT+FTH=
Issue "CONNECT" No seen ? Yes E
Generate Command CMD_FTH (set parameter )
No
Data available from DTE ? Event LINE_TX_HDLC ? No Yes
No
5 sec timeout expired ?
Yes
B
Yes
Transfer data to fax pump Mask FRAME_START onto 1st byte Mask FRAME_END onto last byte
Generate Command CMD_CONTINUE
Last databyte sent ? Event RSP_CONNECT ? No Yes
No
Yes seen ?
Yes Final frame ?
No
No
7115_52
Yes E
B
Figure 58 Fax Class 1 - HDLC Transmission
Semiconductor Group
230
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.13.6 Binary Transmission
A host can control binary transmission during a fax group 3 session by issuing the command CMD_FTM to the fax pump. Binary transmission is specified by the T.30 procedure during the exchange of image.
AT+FTM=
Generate Command CMD_FTM (set parameter )
Issue "CONNECT" No Event LINE_TX_BIN ? Yes Data from DTE ? No
No
5 sec timeout expired?
Yes B
Generate Command CMD_CONTINUE
Yes
Transfer DTE data to fax pump No No Event RSP_CONNECT ? Yes B Buffer empty ?
No
Yes
Buffer empty ?
No
Yes
No Yes E
Yes E
seen ?
No
Last dataword NUL ?
Yes
5 sec timeout expired?
No
seen ?
Yes
7115_53
B
Figure 59 Fax Class 1 - Binary Transmission
Semiconductor Group
231
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.13.7 HDLC Reception
A host can control HDLC frame reception during a fax group 3 session by issuing the command CMD_FRH to the fax pump. HDLC reception is specified by the T.30 procedure during the exchange of control information. Some applications may alternatively implement HDLC framing directly, they would then use binary reception for the reception of their HDLC bit stream.
AT+FRH=
Send to DTE
Generate Command CMD_FRH (set parameter )
No Yes A
No Frame received correctly ? Yes B
Event No LINE_RX_HDLC ? Yes Generate Continue
Event No RSP_FCERROR ? Yes
Abort character from DTE ?
C
Issue "OK" No Event No RSP_CONNECT ? Same FRH command ? Yes Yes Yes C No Issue "Connect" No No Different command ? Yes No Transfer data from fax pump to DTE Yes Send to DTE
Event No RSP_FCERROR ?
Abort character Yes from DTE ?
A
Abort character from DTE ?
A
Generate Command CMD_ESCAPE DU_FRAME_END No seen ? Done Yes
Yes NO_MORE_DATA flag seen ?
Send to DTE
D
7115_54
Figure 60 Fax Class 1 - HDLC Reception
Semiconductor Group
232
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.13.8 Binary Reception
A host can control binary reception during a fax group 3 session by issuing the command CMD_FRM to the fax pump. Binary reception is specified by the T.30 procedure during the exchange of image.
AT+FRM=
Generate Command CMD_FRM (set parameter ) No
Event No LINE_RX_BINARY ?
Event RSP_FCERROR ?
No
Abort character from DTE ?
Yes A
Yes
Yes C
Generate Command CMD_CONTINUE
No
Event RSP_CONNECT ?
No
Event RSP_FCERROR ?
No
Abort character from DTE ?
Y
A
Yes Issue "CONNECT"
Yes C
Transfer data from fax pump to DTE
No
NO_MORE_DATA flag seen ?
No
Abort character from DTE ?
Yes
Send to DTE
A
Yes Send to DTE
7115_55
D
Figure 61 Fax Class 1 - Binary Reception
Semiconductor Group
233
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.13.9 Call Termination
ATH
Generate Command CMD_HALT
Teardown physical connection
Issue "OK"
Done
7115_56
Figure 62 Fax Class 1 - Call Termination
3.13.10
Procedure Terminations
Generate CMD_ESCAPE Issue "OK"
A
DONE
B
Generate CMD_ESCAPE
Issue "ERROR"
DONE
C
Generate CMD_ESCAPE
Issue "FCERROR"
DONE
D
Generate CMD_ESCAPE
Issue "NO CARRIER"
DONE
E
Issue dummy data byte with NO_MORE_DATA flag set
Issue "OK"
DONE
7115_56
Figure 63 Fax Class 1 - Procedure Terminations
Semiconductor Group 234 02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description 3.14 Startup Procedures
After a physical connection between two modems has been established, certain procedures can be started before signals are exchanged which are specific to a particular modem standard (V.34bis, V.32bis, ... ). These procedures are used to determine the type of modulation at which data is transferred right after completion of the startup procedure. The ISAR 34 is able to make use of the negotiation standard ITU-T V.8 and the Automode operation according to EIA/TIA PN-2330, which are described in the following chapters. After the host configures the datapump to data modem modulations with startup procedures (V.8, automode) enabled, it can request the selected modulation scheme from the ISAR 34 as soon as the modulation has been established between both modems.
3.14.1
V.8 Negotiation
In V.8 mode the answerer starts with transmitting the answer tone ANSam and monitors the reception of the call tone. If the originator does not indicate V.8 capability or the V.8 procedures fail, the ISAR 34 will proceed with Automode answerer operation.
Connect to Line ANSWERING MODE
Send ANSam, Monitor Signals
Call tone (CI) signal detected ?
No
Yes
V.8 signalling successful ?
No
Yes
Done Proceed with Automode (Answerer) operation
7115_61.A
Figure 64 V.8 Answering Mode
Semiconductor Group
235
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description The V.8 originator starts with transmission of the call tone while monitoring for the answering tone. If the answerer does not indicate V.8 capability or the V.8 procedures fail, the ISAR 34 will proceed with Automode originator operation.
Connect to Line ORIGINATING MODE
Send Call Tone, Monitor Signals
Answer tone ANSam signal detected ?
No
Yes
V.8 signalling successful ?
No
Yes
Done Proceed with Automode (Originator) operation
7115_61.A
Figure 65 V.8 Originating Mode V.34bis modulation can only be achieved by using the V.8 negotiation mechansim as the automode operation does not provide for the upgrade from V.32bis to V.34bis. In other words, if V.8 is not used or V.8 fails, V.34bis modulation can not be selected.
3.14.2
Automode Operation
Automode selection is available based on EIA/TIA PN-2330. When enabled, the datapump will determine the communication standard supported by the remote modem and configure itself according. That means the modulation scheme and the data rate is automatically set without any host control. The following figures show the flowcharts corresponding to the DSP algorithm used in supporting automode originating and answering mode. The signals indicated in both figures relate to the ITU-T V.32bis specification.
Semiconductor Group
236
02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description
AUTOMODE ANSWERING MODE
Send Answer Tone (2100 Hz), Monitor Signals
AA detected or ANS timeout (3.6 s)?
AA
V.32bis
Timeout
Send USB1, Monitor Signals Start Timer (1000 ms)
SB1
S1, SB1 detected or timeout?
V.22
S1 Timeout
Send USB1, Monitor Signals Start Timer (2000 ms)
V.22bis
Bell 103
1270 Hz
1270 Hz, 980 Hz, S1, SB1 detected or timeout?
SB1
V.22
V.21
980 Hz Timeout
Stop USB1, Send AC, Start Timer (800 ms)
S1
V.22bis
AA
AA detected or timeout ? V.32bis
Timeout
Stop AC, Transmit 1650 Hz, Start Timer (2000 ms)
1270 Hz
Bell 103 1270 Hz, 980 Hz detected or timeout ?
980 Hz
V.21
Timeout
Stop 1650 Hz, Transmit 1300 Hz, Start Timer (2000 ms)
390 Hz detected or timeout ?
390 Hz
V.23
Timeout
V.32bis
7115_61.A
Figure 66 Automode Answerer
Semiconductor Group 237 02.98
PSB 7115
Operational Description
AUTOMODE ORIGINATING MODE
Monitor Signals V.21
1650 Hz ANS
1650 Hz, 1300 Hz, 2225 Hz, AC, USB1 or ANS ?
1300 Hz
V.23
USB1, 2225 Hz
Monitor Signals, Start Timer (3100 ms)
AC
V.32bis
AC
AC detected or timeout ? V.32bis
Timeout
Send S1 / SB1, Start Timer (2140 ms)
S1/SB1 detected or timeout ?
S1 or SB1
V.22 / V.22bis
Timeout
Bell 103
1 second delay
Send AA, Start Timer
Wait for end of ANS -> Stop Timer V.21
1650 Hz
1650 Hz, 1300 Hz, 2225 Hz, AC or USB1 ?
1300 Hz
V.23
USB1, 2225 Hz No
Timer < 800 ms ?
AC
V.32bis
Yes
7115_61.A
Figure 67 Automode Originator
Semiconductor Group 238 02.98
4
Functional Block CTRL LSB 4. Param eter 5. Param eter ... Param eters 1. Param eter 2. Param eter 3. Param eter
M ode
M essage Type
R ead/ W rite
HIS / IIS
CTRL M SB
Buffer W R W R RD W R W R RD NBTL DPS MSC STEV - - - - RDM -2 -1 -0 3 0 1 IFF FLEN EDF DU O 0 OVSP SNP PSL EDP NSB CHS 0 0 0 0 0 0 DUO BSW BFT DUFW 2 2 0 NOM NOM NOM NOM NOM NOM 4 1st data byte 1st data byte 1st data byte 1st data byte 1st data byte 1st data byte 0 0 0 0 0 ATN 0 CTN CLDD 11 OAM 0 0 0 PM OD 2nd data byte 2nd data byte 2nd data byte 2nd data byte 2nd data byte 2nd data byte 000 TOA .... data bytes .... data bytes .... data bytes .... data bytes .... data bytes .... data bytes CODD 0 0 0 HIO HDMC 0 0 HDMC 0 0 HDMC 0 0 0000
-FED FSD FAD RER CER-NMD
Configuration Setup DPS MSC 0 ----000000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 STS - - - - RDM -2 -1 -0 3 NBTM 6 NBRL NBRM 0 NM R NM T CRB 0 BBP 2 M ML M PL 0 MSC MSC MSC MSC M DS M DS M DS 00 00 DPS DPS DPS DPS
DPS
MSC 00000 BBP 1 M ML
00
Buffer
Configuration R equest
Buffer
Configuration R esponse
Semiconductor Group
RD RD W R W R W R W R RD RD RD W R W R W R W R 01 1001 10 DPS 1000 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 NM D OAM 0 0 0 PM OD DPS 1000 00 0 0 SOB SAB DSB V42 0 0 DPS 1000 0 FED FST GFA 0 0 0 NM D 00 DPS 1000 00 - - - - - - - NMD DPS 1000 00 - - BRE BRS DSD PER - DPS 1000 00 DPS 1001 01 SM ODE DPS 1001 SM ODE 01 DPS 1001 SM ODE 01 DPS 1001 SM ODE 01 00 0000 00 M DS 0
Buffer
Control Com mand
Buffer
Status Request
Buffer
Status Response
Buffer
Status Event - Specific
Summary of Messages
Buffer
Status Event - General
SART
HDLC
Configuration Setup
SART
ASYNC
Configuration Setup
239
W R 01 1001 10 CODD
SART
Binary
Configuration Setup
SART
Disabled
Configuration Setup
SART
HDLC
Status Event with Receive Data
SART
ASYNC
Status Event with Receive Data
SART
Binary
Status Event with Receive Data
SART
HDLC
Control Com mand with Transm Data it
SART
ASYNC
Control Com mand with Transm Data it
SART
Binary
Control Com mand with Transm Data it
Pum p
Fax Modulations
Configuration Setup
Pum p
Datam odem M odulations
Configuration Setup
0 0 V22B 0 V22 0 V21 BEL AMOD V8 0 0 0 V34 V32 V23 V32R (M SB) V34R (LSB)
V32R (LSB) V34R (M SB)
0 0 0 0 GTS ATN CTN
00000000 CLDD
000
TOA
Summary of Messages
PSB 7115
02.98
7115_70
Functional Block 4. Param eter 5. Parameter ... Param eters
M ode
Message Type
R ead/ W rite
HIS / IIS
C TRL M SB
CTRL LSB
1. Param eter
2. Parameter
3. Param eter
Pum p W R CO DD C LDD 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 FCT TW B _LS DO FF 000 TW SB _M TOA DPS 2 6 D ON DPS 1001 0 0 0 0 0 PM OD 0 0 2 DCM DL DCM DH NO M FCMD L FC MDH 0 M ODC or S LD 1010 1010 10 10 10 01 01 R EL VDR 01 1001 D DIR 0 0 0 PM D O 10 1001 0 0 0 0 0 PM OD 10
Halfduplex M odulations
Configuration S etup
01 1001 10 O AM 0 0 0 PM OD 0 0 0 EP 0 0 V T 17A V17B 000 TOA
5
V 17C V 17D V29A V 29B V29C V 27A V27B V21
Pum p W R W R
V .110
Configuration S etup
Semiconductor Group
W R W R W R W R W R 0 0 0 0 X S SA1 S B A0 1 01 1010 1010 10 CIC 0 10 0 3 11 DC MDL DPS 1010 10 0 3 V DL CM or: not defined VCMDH 0 E1 E E3 E4 E5 E6 E 2 7 or: 0 0 0 RO F0 ROF1 RON1 R OFX RO NX DCM DH TDIG 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CCT or: FRC or: or: W R W R W R W R RD RD 01 1011 10 O AM 0 0 0 PM OD 01 1011 10 O AM 0 0 0 PM OD DPS 0011 0 10 0 2 5 RIL RIL RIM RIM - - RRT LRT - CLD RTY TMO - RRP CO NEG N - - RRN LRN RD RD DPS 1011 10 01 1011 10 O AM 0 0 0 PM OD 0 0 0 0 0 PM OD 2 6 RIL RIL - - - - X SB SA S 1 A0 01 1011 1011 1011 DPS DPS 10 10 10 2 DDIR 0 0 0 PM OD 0 0 0 0 0 PM OD 0 0 0 0 0 PM OD 2 0
7115_71
Pum p
DTM F
Configuration S etup
Pum p
B ypass
Configuration S etup
Pum p
Fax Modulations
Control Com mand
Pum p
Datam odem Modulations
Control Com mand
Pum p
Halfduplex M odulations
Control Com mand
Pum p
V .110
Control Com mand
240
not defined RD RD RD RIL RIL
Pum p
DTM F
Control Com mand
Pum p
C/I-Channel
Control Com mand
Pum p
B ypass
Control Com mand
Pum p
(all m odes)
Status Request
Pum p
Fax Modulations
Status Response
Pum p
Datam odem Modulations
Status Response
RIT
Pum p
Halfduplex M odulations
Status Response
RIM RIM - E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E 7 RIM RIM
Pum p
V .110
Status Response
- - - RO F0 ROF1 RO RO RONX N1 FX FRC
Pum p
DTM F
Status Response
Pum p
B ypass
Status Response
Summary of Messages
PSB 7115
02.98
Pum p
Disabled
Status Response
Functional Block 4. Parameter 5. Param eter ... Parameters
Mode
M essage Type
Read/ W rite
HIS / IIS
CTRL M SB
CTR LSB L
1. Parameter
2. Param eter
3. Parameter
Pum p RD RD RD RD or: - - - ROF0 - E1 E E3 E4 E E6 E 2 5 7 R OF1 RO RO RONX N1 FX RD RD RD W R 00 11 00 DP S 00 DP S 1001 11 IO 0 0 0 COD RCV M 5 1010 00 - DCL AMO - - - - 0 0 0 0 TXD R XD TS L 00 11 00 1010 ICM D ICM D ICM D IEVT 1010 1010 1010 01 11 01 00 00 DP S 00 1001 11 DED TIC CED 0 0 TAD 0 0 0 0 0 TTSO 00 RTSO 0 0 0 0 0 TCS 00000 R CS 0001 11 0 0 0010 00 0 0 1001 0 11 DED TIC CED 0 0 TAD TTSO DP S 1001 11 IO 0 0 0 COD RCV M 5 0 0 0 TXD R XD TS L 00 11 1010 10 DCIE 0 RTSO 00000 R CS not defined 01 3 1010 10 0 DEV TL - - - - - D TH EV RDIG DP S N OM 1010 10 0 VEVTL - - - - - VE VTH 01 0 2 - - - - - H TH EV or: - - - - X S SA1 SA0 B 1010 10 HEV TL 01 0 2 1010 10 DEV TL - - - - - D TH EV
Fax M odulations
S tatus E vents
01
1010
10
0
2 FEVTL - - - - - FEVTH
Pum p
D atam odem M odulations
S tatus E vents
Pum p
H alfduplex Modulations
S tatus E vents
Semiconductor Group
0 0 0 0 0 TCS W R W R W R RD RD RD W R W R RD
Pum p
V .110
S tatus E vents
Pum p
DF TM
S tatus E vents
Pum p
B ypass
S tatus E vents
Pum p
D and C/I- Channel -
S tatus E vents
IOM -2
Configuration Setup - P 1 and 2 ath
IOM -2
Configuration Setup - P 3 ath
241
IOM -2
Configuration Request - General
IOM -2
Configuration Request - Specific
IOM -2
Configuration Response - General
IOM -2
Configuration Response - Path 1 and 2
IOM -2
Configuration Response - Path 3
IOM -2
Control Com and - G m eneral
IOM -2
Control Com and - P 1 and 2 m ath
IOM -2
S tatus E vents
Summary of Messages
7115_72
PSB 7115
02.98
Functional Block 4. Parameter 5. Parameter ... Parameters
Mode
Message Type
Read/ Write
HIS / IIS
CTRL MSB
CTRL LSB
1. Parameter
2. Parameter
3. Parameter
Channel 0 WR WR RD RD WR RD WR S8 WR 00 OUT8 20h PP8 30h S8 40h 0 0 2 0 4 RM(7:0) SM8 RM8 SM(7:0) 4 C(7:0) C8 S(7:0) 4 OD(7:0) OD8 PP(7:0) 00 00 00 00 00 101010 001010 101010 101010 101010 101010 4 IN(7:0) IN8 10h OUT(7:0) 00 R(7:0) R8 101010 0 4 00 110010 MEVT 0 S(7:0) 00 110000 0 MED MSD 0 0 0 0 0 NOM 1st data byte 2nd data byte 00 110000 - MED MSD - - - - NOM 1st data byte 2nd data byte ... data bytes ... data bytes 00 110001 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 MCE 3 MAM MRA 0 0 0 SLIN CSEL 00 010001 0 0
MONITOR Channel
Configuration Setup
00
110001
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 MCE
NOM
MAM
MRA
0 0 0 SLIN CSEL
Channel 0
MONITOR Channel
Configuration Request
Channel 0
MONITOR Channel
Configuration Response
Semiconductor Group
WR WR WR WR RD ST(7:0) ST8 WR RD WR RD WR RD WR RD 00 111111 00 101000 RCMD INV 00 100100 40h 00 000101 40h 00 100101 10h 00 000101 10h 0 2 0 1 0 0 SVNL SVNH 01 0 2 101010 00 CMD 100101 0 EVTL - - - - - EVTH 0 0 PRO DRO PRR MB1 MB0 0 WR RD 00 00 100100 100101 0 0 0 2 CVNL CVNH
Channel 0
MONITOR Channel
Receive Data
Channel 0
MONITOR Channel
Transmit Data
Channel 0
MONITOR Channel
Status Event
Channel 0
General Purpose IOs
GPIO Output Register Set/Reset
Channel 0
General Purpose IOs
GPIO Direction Select
Channel 0
General Purpose IOs
GPIO Open Drain Select
Channel 0
General Purpose IOs
GPIO Strobed Input
Channel 0
General Purpose IOs
GPIO Interrupt Mask
242
Channel 0
General Purpose IOs
GPIO Status Request
Channel 0
General Purpose IOs
GPIO Status Event/Message
Test/Diag.
Timer Interrupt On / Off
Test/Diag.
Timer Interrupt Event
Test/Diag.
Software Version Request
Test/Diag.
Software Version Response
Test/Diag.
Request Selftest Result
Test/Diag.
Selftest Response
Test/Diag.
Soft Reset
Test/Diag.
Invalid Message Received
The following two messages are not defined after the DSP program download is finished:
Test/Diag.
Chip Version Request
Summary of Messages
PSB 7115
02.98
Test/Diag.
Chip Version Response
7115_73
PSB 7115
Example Configuration Settings 5 Example Configuration Settings
To give a better understanding how to program each of the parameters, some examples are given below for each of the functional blocks. The mechanism to transfer messages from the host to the ISAR 34 is described in chapter 3.1.5. It should be noted, that the host interrupt status register (HIS) must only be written as the last register access for the message. Buffer Configuration Set channel 1 to buffer base priority 5 and maximum message length of 32: Control Reg. MSB Control Reg. LSB 1. Parameter HIS Control Reg. MSB Control Reg. LSB No parameters HIS Control Reg. MSB Control Reg. LSB 1. Parameter HIS SART Configuration Set channel 1 to HDLC mode with regular I/O, "1" as interframe fill and 16 bit FCS length. In case of data underrun, FCS and final flag should be generated automatically (TX direction): Control Reg. MSB Control Reg. LSB 1. Parameter HIS = = = = 03h 01h 09h 65h = = = = = = = = = = = 05h 01h 20h 64h 03h 0 A4h 0 1 20h A4h
Set channel 2 to buffer base priority 3 without changing the maximum message length:
Set channel 2 to maximum message length 32 without changing the buffer base priority:
Set channel 2 to V.14 mode (synchronous modulation) with overspeed range "1 of 4", even parity, two stop bits, 6 bit character size and a buffer flush timeout of 32: Control Reg. MSB Control Reg. LSB 1. Parameter 2. Parameter HIS
Semiconductor Group
= = = = =
243
02h 02h 5Dh 20h A5h
02.98
PSB 7115
Example Configuration Settings Pump Configuration Set channel 1 to faxmodulations in originating mode, 6 db transmitter output attenuation, calling tone enabled, carrier on detect duration of 800 ms and carrier loss detect duration of 2000 ms: Control Reg. MSB Control Reg. LSB 1. Parameter 2. Parameter 3. Parameter 4. Parameter HIS Important Note: If the pump is set to faxmodulations, the SART must not be configured as this is controlled by fax control commands which support implementation of fax class1 (see chapter 3.13 Fax Class 1 Implementation). Set channel 1 to automode data modulation in answering mode with 8 db transmitter output attenuation with answer tone enabled and all modulation schemes are disabled except V.32bis with data rates up to 12000 bit/s only. V.8 is disabled, the carrier on detect duration is 600 ms and carrier loss detect duration is 1400 ms: Control Reg. MSB Control Reg. LSB 1. Parameter 2. Parameter 3. Parameter 4. Parameter 5. Parameter 6. Parameter 7. Parameter 8. Parameter 9. Parameter 10. Parameter 11. Parameter HIS = = = = = = = = = = = = = = 42h 0Bh 0 82h 0Fh F1h 0 0 02h 0 08h 06h 0Eh 66h = = = = = = = 81h 04h 01h 06h 08h 14h 66h
Semiconductor Group
244
02.98
PSB 7115
Example Configuration Settings IOM(R)-2 Configuration Set channel 1 to the first timeslot on the IOM-2 interface with 8-bit timeslot length and regular switching of TX/RX paths. PCM data is A-law encoded and rate conversion is enabled (typical IOM-2 configuration for pump modes fax, datamodem and halfduplex modulations): Control Reg. MSB Control Reg. LSB 1. Parameter 2. Parameter 3. Parameter 4. Parameter 5. Parameter HIS = = = = = = = = 83h 05h 10h 0 0 0 0 67h
Set channel 2 to the third timeslot on the IOM-2 interface with 8-bit timeslot length and mapping of transmitter and receiver to DD and DU of IOM-2 respectively. PCM data is -law encoded. This configuration might be used e.g. for pump mode DTMF: Control Reg. MSB Control Reg. LSB 1. Parameter 2. Parameter 3. Parameter 4. Parameter 5. Parameter HIS = = = = = = = = 84h 05h 08h 02h 0 02h 0 A7h
The configuration of the IOM-2 interface has to make sure that the selected timeslots for channel 1 and 2 do not overlap, even if one of the channels is currently disabled by setting the IOM-bit to 0.
Semiconductor Group
245
02.98
PSB 7115
Detailed Register Description 6 6.1 Address Detailed Register Description Register Address Map Read Write
b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 08h 07h 06h 05h 04h 03h 02h 01h 00h - - - - - - MSK - Host Control Register High Host Control Register Low - - - - - - IIA - Host Interrupt Status (HIS) RST - - - - - - STA - RST - ISAR 34 Control Register High ISAR 34 Control Register Low ISAR 34 Interrupt Status (IIS) - - - - - - HIA
Mailbox I/O data Mailbox write address Mailbox read address
6.2
Register Description
Reset Bit Value after Reset:
7
Read/Write xxxx xxx0
6 5 4 3 2
Address 08h
1
0
- RST ... ISAR 34 Reset
-
-
-
-
-
-
RST
The host resets the ISAR 34 by writing RST=1 and it is active until this bit is reset again (RST=0). The host must ensure that the reset is active for at least 2 ms, which has the same function as a hardware reset.
Semiconductor Group
246
02.98
PSB 7115
Detailed Register Description
Interrupt Mask Bit Value after Reset:
7
Write xxxx x1xx
6 5 4 3 2
Address 07h
1
0
- MSK ... Interrupt mask
-
-
-
-
MSK
-
-
All internal interrupt sources can be masked by setting MSK to `0'. In this case the interrupt is not indicated by activating the interrupt line, however it remains internally stored and pending until the MSK bit is set to `1' (i.e. the interrupt is enabled). Interrupt Status Bit Value after Reset:
7
Read xxxx x0xx
6 5 4 3 2
Address 07h
1
0
- STA ... Interrupt status
-
-
-
-
STA
-
-
The STA bit indicates an interrupt status of the ISAR 34. If set to `1', an internal interrupt is pending. Host/ISAR 34 Control Register High
7 6 5 4
Write/Read
3 2
Address 06h
1 0
The MSB of the control word contains configuration, status or control information, depending on the message specified by the HIS/IIS register.
Semiconductor Group
247
02.98
PSB 7115
Detailed Register Description
Host/ISAR 34 Control Register Low
7 6 5 4
Write/Read
3 2
Address 05h
1 0
The LSB of the control word contains the number of additional bytes in the mailbox, which depends on the message specified by the HIS/IIS register. ISAR 34 Interrupt Acknowledge Bit
7 6 5 4
Write
3 2
Address 04h
1 0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
IIA
IIA ... ISAR 34 Interrupt Acknowledge After reading a complete message from the ISAR 34 mailbox, the host sets IIA to `0' to indicate to the ISAR 34, that the current message transfer is complete and a new message transfer may be started. ISAR 34 Interrupt Status
7 6 5 4
Read
3 2
Address 04h
1 0
IIS The ISAR 34 interrupt status register (IIS) contains the source of the interrupt, i.e. buffer 0, 1, 2 or 3, the kind of indication (configuration, status or received data) and the indication source (buffer, SART, pump or IOM-2).
Semiconductor Group
248
02.98
PSB 7115
Detailed Register Description
Host Interrupt Status (HIS)
7 6 5 4
Write
3 2
Address 03h
1 0
The host interrupt status register (HIS) contains the destination of the transferred message, i.e. buffer 0, 1, 2 or 3, the kind of command (request message, configuration, control or transmit data) and the functional block (buffer, SART, pump or IOM-2). Host Interrupt Acknowledge Bit
7 6 5 4
Read
3 2
Address 03h
1 0
- HIA ... Host Interrupt Acknowledge
-
-
-
-
-
-
HIA
When transfering a message to the ISAR 34 mailbox, the final write access to the host interrupt register will automatically set the HIA bit. The ISAR 34 will reset HIA as soon as the ISAR 34 is capable to accept another message. Mailbox I/O Data
7 6 5 4
Write/Read
3 2
Address 02h
1 0
The mailbox contains configuration, status and control information in addition to the control register MSB as well as transmit and receive data. The number of bytes in the mailbox is indicated in the control register LSB.
Semiconductor Group
249
02.98
PSB 7115
Detailed Register Description
Mailbox Write Address
7 6 5 4
Write/Read
3 2
Address 01h
1 0
This register indicates the current write address on the mailbox buffer. Before any data is written to the mailbox, the write address must be reset to 0 by the host. For any access to mailbox I/O data, the address pointer will be autoincremented and does not need to be programmed. This is the recommended way for sequential, fast access to the mailbox. For random access, the host has to reprogram the write address pointer. Mailbox Read Address
7 6 5 4
Write/Read
3 2
Address 00h
1 0
This register indicates the current read address on the mailbox buffer. Before the mailbox contents of a message are read, the read address must be reset to 0 by the host. For any access to mailbox I/O data, the address pointer will be autoincremented and does not need to be programmed. This is the recommended way for sequential, fast access to the mailbox. For random access, the host has to reprogram the read address pointer.
Semiconductor Group
250
02.98
PSB 7115
Electrical Characteristics 7 7.1 Electrical Characteristics Absolute Maximum Ratings
Parameter Ambient temperature under bias
Symbol
Limit Values 0 to 70 - 65 to 125 - 0.3 to 4.2 - 0.3 to 4.2 - 0.3 to 4.2 - 0.3 to 6.0 - 0.3 to VDDA + 0.5
Unit C C V V V V V
TA Tstg Storage temperature VDD Supply Voltage VDDA Supply Voltage VDDAP Supply Voltage VDDP Supply Voltage Voltage of pin with respect to ground: VS
XTAL1, XTAL2 Voltage of any other pin with respect to ground
VS
If VDDP < 3 V: - 0.3 to VDD + 0.5 V If VDDP > 3 V: - 0.3 to VDDP + 0.5 V
Note: Stresses above those listed here may cause permanent damage to the device. Exposure to absolute maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability. Note: The ISAR 34 is an ESD (electrostatic discharge) sensitive device. Electrostatic charges readily accumulate on the human body and equipment and can discharge without detection. Permanent damage may occur to devices subjected to high energy electrostatic discharges.
7.2
Recommended Operating Conditions
VDD = 3.0 to 3.6 V; VDDP = 4.5 to 5.5 V, VSS = 0 V VDDA = 3.0 to 3.6 V, VSSA = 0 V VDDAP = 3.0 to 3.6 V, VSSAP = 0 V
Semiconductor Group
251
02.98
PSB 7115
Electrical Characteristics 7.3 DC Characteristics
Conditions: see above (Recommended Operating Conditions); TA = 0 to + 70 C. All pins except XTAL1, XTAL2: Parameter Symbol Limit Values Unit Test Condition min. High-Level Input Voltage VIH Low-Level Input Voltage VIL High-Level Output Voltage Low-Level Output Voltage 2.0 0.8 2.4 0.45 max. V V V V
VOH VOL
IOH = - 400 A IOL = 7 mA
DU, DD, CA(0:17), CD(0:15), CRD, CWR, CSM0-3, FSC, DCL, INTN, SR, ST (50 pF) IOL = 2 mA all others (30 pF)
Input leakage current Output leakage current VDD + VDDA + VDDAP supply current VDDP supply current
ILI ILO IDDS IDDPS
- 10 - 10
10 10 150 3
A A mA mA
0 V < VIN < VDDP 0 V < VOUT < VDDP V.34+ connection V.34+ connection
For the sequence of applying supply voltage to the ISAR 34 it is necessary that first the VDDP and then the VDD / VDDA / VDDAP supply is switched on. Simultanous ramp up of both supplies is allowed. Applying voltages to signal pins when power supply is not active (circuit not under bias) may cause damage. Refer to paragraph "Absolute Maximum Ratings". When power supply is switched on, the pads do not reach their stable bias until after 2 s (maximum).
Semiconductor Group
252
02.98
PSB 7115
Electrical Characteristics 7.4 Parameter Input capacitance I/O capacitance Load capacitance Capacitances Symbol Limit Values Unit Test Condition min. max. 7 7 20 pF pF pF XTAL1,2
CIN CI/O CL
7.5
Oscillator Circuit
Figure 68 Oscillator Circuit 7.6 Parameter Frequency (CM0,1 = 10) Frequency (CM0,1 = 01) Frequency (CM0,1 = 11) Frequency calibration tolerance Discrete capacitances Resonance Resistor Oscillator mode XTAL1,2 Recommended Typical Crystal Parameters Symbol Limit Values 7.680 15.360 16.348 max. 100 33 50 fundamental Unit MHz MHz MHz ppm pF
f f f CLD Rr
Note: The discrete capacitances CLD depend on the recommended crystal specification. Typical values for CLD are 22 ... 33 pF.
Semiconductor Group 253 02.98
PSB 7115
Electrical Characteristics 7.7 7.7.1 AC Characteristics Testing Waveform
Conditions as above (Recommended Operating Conditions) at TA = 0 to 70 C. Inputs are driven to 2.4 V for a logical `1' and to 0.45 V for a logical `0'. Timing measurements are made at 2.0 V for a logical `1' and 0.8 V for a logical `0'. The AC testing input/output waveforms are shown in the figure below.
Figure 69 Testing Input/Output Waveforms
7.7.2
Parallel Host Interface Timing
Siemens/Intel Bus Mode
Figure 70 Microprocessor Read Timing
Semiconductor Group
254
02.98
PSB 7115
Electrical Characteristics
Figure 71 Microprocessor Write Timing
Figure 72 Multiplexed Address Timing
WR x CS or RD X CS
t AS
A0-A7 Address
t AH
ITT09661
Figure 73 Non-Multiplexed Address Timing
Semiconductor Group
255
02.98
PSB 7115
Electrical Characteristics Motorola Bus Mode
Figure 74 Microprocessor Read Timing
R/W
t DSD t WW
CS x DS
t RWD t WI
t WD t DW
D0 - D7 Data
ITT09679
Figure 75 Microprocessor Write Timing
CS x DS
t AS
AD0 - AD7
t AH
ITT09662
Figure 76 Non-Multiplexed Address Timing
Semiconductor Group
256
02.98
PSB 7115
Electrical Characteristics
Parameter ALE pulse width Address setup time to ALE Address hold time from ALE Address latch setup time to WR, RD Address setup time Address hold time ALE guard time DS delay after R/W setup R/W hold from CS x DS inactive RD pulse width Data output delay from RD Data float from RD RD control interval W pulse width Data setup time to W x CS Data hold time W x CS W control interval
Symbol tAA tAL tLA tALS tAS tAH tAD tDSD tRWD tRR tRD tDF tRI tWW tDW tWD tWI
Limit Values min. 50 15 10 0 25 10 15 0 0 110 110 25 70 60 35 10 70 max.
Unit ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Semiconductor Group
257
02.98
PSB 7115
Electrical Characteristics 7.7.3 External Memory Interface Timing
Figure 77 External Memory Interface - Write Cycle
Figure 78 External Memory Interface - Read Cycle
Semiconductor Group
258
02.98
PSB 7115
Electrical Characteristics
Parameter Chip Select Setup Time Chip Select Hold Time Address Setup Time Write Address Hold Time after End of Write Write Pulse Width CWR low to Output Enable CWR low to Data valid Data Hold Time Read Pulse Width Address Setup Time Read Address Hold Time after End of Read Data Setup Time
Symbol
Limit Values min. max. 1.0 1.0 4.0 1.3 25.0 1.0 12.5 0 38.5 -4.0 1.0 18.5 1.0 1.0 -2.3
Unit ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
tSC tHC tSAW tHAW tWP tOE tSWR tHD tRP tSAR tHAR tSD
Semiconductor Group
259
02.98
PSB 7115
Electrical Characteristics 7.7.4 IOM(R)-2 Interface Timing
Figure 79 IOM(R)-2 Timing with Double Rate DCL Parameter DCL period DCL high DCL low Frame sync setup Frame sync hold Output data from high impedance to active Output data delay from clock Output data from active to high impedance Input data setup Input data hold Symbol Limit Values min. max. ns ns ns ns ns 100 100 80 20 40 ns ns ns ns ns 244 100 100 40 40 Unit
TP TWH TWL TFSS TFSH TOZD TODD TODZ TIDS TIDH
Semiconductor Group
260
02.98
PSB 7115
Package Outlines 8 Package Outlines
P-TQFP-144-2 (Plastic Thin Quad Flat Package)
Sorts of Packing Package outlines for tubes, trays etc. are contained in our Data Book "Package Information". SMD = Surface Mounted Device Semiconductor Group 261
Dimensions in mm
02.98
GPP0 5616
PSB 7115
Index
A Absolute maximum ratings 251 AC characteristics 254 ASYNC mode 46 B Binary file structure 206 Binary mode 47 Block header 210 Buffer 43 configuration request 81 configuration response 82 configuration setup 79 control command 84 general status event 90 specific status event 89 status request 85 status response 87 Bypass mode 54 C C/I-channel 56 Capacitances 253 Chip version request 201 response 201 Communications interface 39 Control registers 67 Crystal 29 Crystal parameters 253 D Datamodem modulations 50 DC characteristics 252 D-channel 56 Device architecture 19
Semiconductor Group
DSP program download 206 DTMF 53 E Electrical characteristics 251 Example configuration settings 243 External memory interface 36 timing 258 F Fax Class 1 implementation 225 binary reception 233 binary transmission 231 call termination 234 HDLC reception 232 HDLC transmission 230 procedure termination 228, 234 startup procedure 229 Fax modulations 48 File header 208 Functional blocks 42 Functional description 28 G General purpose I/O interface 37 GPIO (General Purpose IOs) 188 H Halfduplex modulations 51 HDLC mode 45 HIS 62 Host communication 60 Host interface 31 timing 254 I IIS 62 Interrupt status byte 62
262 02.98
PSB 7115
Index
Invalid messages 205 IOM-2 configuration 55 configuration request 170 configuration response general code 171 path 1 and 2 172 path 3 175 configuration setup path 1 and 2 166 path 3 169 control commands general code 176 path 1 and 2 178 status events 180 IOM-2 interface 34 timing 260 L Logic symbol 18 M Mailbox 39, 41 Message overview 76 Message structure 61 Message transfer 72 MONITOR channel 59 buffer configuration and status
181
O Operational description 60 Oscillator circuit 253 P Package outlines 261 Physical interfaces 31 Pin configuration 20 description 21 PLL 30 Pump 48 configuration setup bypass mode 126 datamodem modulations
114
DTMF 123 fax modulations 112 halfduplex modulations 118 V.110 121 control command bypass mode 136 C/I-Channel 137 datamodem modulations
131
configuration request 184 configuration response 184 configuration setup 182 RX data 185 status events 187 TX data 186
Semiconductor Group 263
DTMF 135 fax modulations 128 halfduplex modulations 131 V.110 132 status events bypass mode 164 D- and C/I-channel 165 datamodem modulations
157
02.98
PSB 7115
Index
DTMF 163 HDLC 105 fax modulations 155 status events with RX data ASYNC 103 halfduplex modulations 158 V.110 159 binary 104 status request 139 HDLC 101 status response Selftest bypass mode 153 request 203 datamodem modulations response 203 142 Software reset 39, 204 DTMF 152 Software version fax modulations 140 request 202 halfduplex modulations 146 response 202 pump disabled 154 Startup procedures 235 V.110 148 automode operation 236 Pump configuration 110 V.8 negotiation 235 R Summary of messages 239 Recommended operating condi- System integration 13 tions 251 T Register description 246 Test/diagnostics path 199 Rejection level 53 Testing waveform 254 Reset 68 TIC-Bus Access 57 S Timer interrupt SAI interface 35 event 200 SART 45 on/off 199 configuration setup Twist 53 V ASYNC 94 V.110 52 binary 97 disable SART 99 V.8 235 HDLC 92 control commands with TX data ASYNC 107 binary 109
Semiconductor Group 264 02.98

▲Up To Search▲

Price & Availability of PSB7115

	To Download PSB7115 Datasheet File
If you can't view the Datasheet, Please click here to try to view without PDF Reader .